Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Association"

See other formats


PROCEEDINGS 


NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES 
ASSOCIATION 


OCT  1 7 1978 


VOL.  68 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

NATIONALSHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


OFFICIAL  PUBLICATION  OF  THE  NATIONAL 

SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION; 

AN  ANNUAL  JOURNAL  DEVOTED  TO 

SHELLFISHERY  BIOLOGY 


VOLUME  68 


Published  for  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association,  Inc.  by 
The  Memorial  Press  Group,  Plyniouth,  Massachusetts 


JUNE  1978 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

NATIONAL 

SHELLFISHERIES 

ASSOCIATION 

CONTENTS  Volume  68  -  June  1978 

List  of  Abstracts  by  Author  of  Technical  Papers  Presented  at  1977  NSA 
Annual  Meeting,  Hunt  Valley,  Maryland,  and  NSA  Coast  Section, 
Tumwater,  Washington v 

Gordon  Gunter  and  W.  David  Burke 

Further  Notes  on  How  Oysters  Land  When  Planted 1 

Frederic  Lipschultz  and  George  Krantz 

An  Analysis  of  Oyster  Hatchery  Production  of  Cultched  and  Cultchless 

Oysters  Utilizing  Linear  Programming  Optimation  Techniques 5 

Herbert  Hidu,  William  G.  Valleau  and  Fletcher  P.  Veitch 

Gregarious  Setting  in  European  Oysters  -  Response  to  Surface 

Chemistry  vs.  Waterbone  Pheromones 11 

Richard  A.  Lutz  and  Herbert  Hidu 

Some  Observations  on  the  Occurrence  of  Pearls  in  the  Blue  Mussel, 

Mytilus  edulis  L 17 

George  E.  Krantz  and  John  F.  Chamberlin 

Blue  Crab  Predation  on  Cultchless  Oyster  Spat    38 

Jack  M.  Whetstone  and  Arnold  G.  Eversole 

Predation  on  Hard  Clams,  Mercenaries  mercenaries  by  Mud  Crabs, 

Panopeus  herbstii 42 

Paul  A.  Haefner,  Jr. 

Seasonal  Aspects  of  the  Biology,  Distribution  and  Relative  Abundance 
of  the  Deep-Sea  Red  Crab,  Geryon  quinquedens  Smith,  in  the  Vicinity 
of  the  Norfolk  Canyon,  Western  North  Atlantic 49 

Hubert  J.  Squires  and  G.  Riveros 

Fishery  Biology  of  Spiny  Lobster  (Panulirus  argus)  of  the  Guajira 

Peninsula  of  Colombia,  South  America,  1969-1970    63 

Abstracts 

NSA  Annual  Meeting 

NSA  Pacific  Coast  Section 75 


HI 


LIST  OF  ABSTRACTS  BY  AUTHOR  OF  TECHNICAL  PAPERS 

PRESENTED  AT  THE  1977  NSA  ANNUAL  MEETING 

HUNT  VALLEY,  MARYLAND 

Erik  Baqueiro  and  Craig  B.  Kensler 

Mexican  Molluscan  Fisheries  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 

Caribbean:  1970-1975    75 

Robert  S.  Brown 

A  Disease  Survey  of  New  England  Soft-Shell  Clams,  Mya  arenaria    75 

Robert  S.  Brown  and  Carole  J.  OToole 

Histochemical  Analyses  of  Pigment  Accumulations  in  Mercenaries 

mercenaria  L.  and  Mya  arenaria  L    76 

H.  Arnold  Carr 

Culture  of  Hatchery-Spawned  Mercenaria  mercenaria  in  Massachusetts 76 

Melbourne  R.  Carriker 

Ultrastructural  Evidence  that  Gastropods  Swallow  Shell  Rasped 

During  Hole  Boring 76 

Keith  Cooper,  Sammy  Ray  and  Jerry  Neff 

The  Interaction  of  Water  Soluble  Fractions  (WSF)  of  South  Louisiana 

Crude  Oil  and  Dermocystidium  (Labyrinthomyxa)  marina  at  Varying 

Temperatures  in  the  American  Oyster,  Crassostrea  virginica  Gmelin 77 

N.  Dean  Dey  and  Ellis  T.  Bolton 

Tetracycline  as  a  Bivalve  Shell  Marker 77 

William  J.  Eckmayer 

Oyster  Reef  Cultivation  for  Cultch  Material 77 

Arnold  G.  Eversole 

Marking  Clams  with  Rubidium    78 

RegGillmor 

Suspension  Culture  of  European  Oysters  (Ostrea  edulis  L.)    78 

Reg  Gillmor 

Growth  Responses  of  European  and  American  Oysters  (Ostrea  edulis  L 

and  Crassostrea  virginica  G.)  to  Intertidal  Exposure 79 


VI 

Harold  H.  Haskin 

The  Onshore  Surf  Clam  Resource  along  the  Southern  New  Jersey  Coast 79 

Harold  H.  Haskin  and  Susan  E.  Ford 

Mortality  Patterns  and  Disease  Resistance  in  Delaware  Bay  Oysters 80 

Dexter  S.  Haven,  William  J.  Hargis,  Jr.  and  Paul  C.  Kendall 

The  Oyster  Industry  of  Virginia  1931  to  1975 80 

Mary  T.  Hickey 

Age,  Growth,  Reproduction  and  Distribution  of  the  Bay  Scallop, 

Aequipecten  irradians  irradians  (Lamarck),  in  Three  Embayments 

of  Eastern  Long  Island,  New  York  as  Related  to  the  Fishery    80 

Herbert  Hidu,  Richard  D.  Clime  and  Samuel  R.  Chapman 

Oyster  Setting  -  Evolution  of  Commercial  Hatchery  Technique    81 

Sewell  H.  Hopkins 

An  Oyster  Family  Tree:  Ancestry  of  Crassostrea  virginica 81 

Louis  Leibovitz 

Bateriologic  Studies  of  Long  Island  Shellfish  Hatcheries 81 

Louis  Leibovitz  and  John  Hamlin  Gordon  II 

Water  Quality  Studies  of  Long  Island  Shellfish  Hatcheries   81 

Richard  A.  Lutz 

A  Comparison  of  Hinge-Line  Morphogenesis  in  Larval  Shells  of 
Mytilus  edulis  L.  and  Modiolus  modiolus  (L.) 83 

K.  S.Naidu 

Culture  of  the  Sea  Scallop,  Placopecten  magellanicus  in  Newfoundland 83 

Bruce  J.  Neilson 

Engineering  Considerations  in  the  Design  of  Oyster  Depuration  Plants 84 

George  S.  Noyes,  Harold  H.  Haskin  and  Cindy  Van  Dover 

Oil  and  the  Oyster  in  Delaware  Bay 84 

Linda  Plunket 

The  role  of  Uronema  marinum  (Protozoa)  in  Oyster  Hatchery  Production 85 

Edwin  E.  Rhodes  and  Ronald  Goldberg 

The  Use  of  Pumped  Raceway  Systems  for  the  Intermediate  Grow-Out 

of  Hatchery  Reared  Bivalves    85 

R.  J.  Rhodes,  M.  Wolff  and  J.L.  Music 

Status  Report  on  the  Commercial  Blue  Crab  Fishery  of 

the  Carolinas  and  Georgia    85 


VII 

Scott  E.Siddal 

The  Development  of  the  Hinge  Line  in  Tropical  Mussel  Larvae 

of  the  Genus  Perna ..  .  .  .  86 

Robert  S.  Steneck,  Richard  A.  Lutz  and  Robert  M.  Cerrato 

Age  and  Morphometric  Variation  in  Subtidal  Populations  of  Mussels    86 


ABSTRACTS  OF  TECHNICAL  PAPERS  PRESENTED  AT  NSA 
1977  WEST  COAST  SECTION  MEETING,  TUMWATER,  WASHINGTON 

John  H.  Beattie,  William  K.  Hershberger,  Kenneth  K.  Chew  and  Conrad  Mahnken 

Breeding  Disease  Resistance  into  the  Pacific  Oyster    88 

Rick  D.  Cardwell 

Oyster  Larvae  Mortality  in  South  Puget  Sound    88 

Darrell  Demory 

Helicopter  Crabbing 89 

Richard  A.  Eissinger 

Disease  Control  in  a  Molluscan  Shellfish  Hatchery 89 

Jim  Glock 

Squaxin  Island  Manila  Clam  Reseeding  Studies    90 

William  K.  Hershberger 

Oyster  Breeding:  Where  Can  It  Go 90 

Chris  R.  Jones 

A  Comparison  of  Survival,  Growth,  and  Yield  of  Pacific  Oysters 

(Crassostrea  gigas)  from  Different  Sources 90 

Mark  Miller,  Kenneth  Chew,  Charles  D.  Magoon,  Lynn  Goodwin  and  Chris  Jones 
Preliminary  Report  on  Manila  Clam  Reseeding  Program  at  Five  Puget 
Sound  Beaches 91 

Thomas  L.  Richards 

Seed  Oyster  Production  in  the  Salton  Sea,  California 91 

M.  A.  Toner 

Preliminary  Studies  on  the  Development  of  a  Synthesized  Diet  for 

Juvenile  Oysters,  Crassostrea  gigas    91 


VI11 

J.  R.  Vanderhorst  and  P.  Wilkinson 

Clam  Resource  Measurement  for  Estimation  of  Pollution  Damage 91 

Paul  Waterstrat 

Musseling  in  on  a  New  Market 91 

Anthony  Weaver 

Pigeon  Point  Shellfish  Hatchery:  Past,  Present  and  Future 93 

Ronald  Thurber  Zebal 

Vibrio  anguillarum  and  Larval  Mortality  in  a  California  Coastal 

Shellfish  Hatchery   93 


Cover 

Pearls  in  the  blue  mussel,  Mytilus  edulis. 

Photo  by  R.  A.  Lutz  (See  page  17). 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


FURTHER  NOTES  ON  HOW  OYSTERS 
LAND  WHEN  PLANTED1 

Gordon  Gunterand  W.  David  Burke 

GULF  COAST  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 
OCEAN  SPRINGS,  MISSISSIPPI  39564 


ABSTRACT 

Woodward,  Huxley  and  Moebius  saw  that  oysters  always  set  on  the  left  valve.  Later 
Stafford,  Prytherch  and  Ranson  observed  cementation  by  the  left  prodissoconch  (lar- 
val shell).  However  Cunningham  and  Ortou  stated  that  Ostrea  edulis  often  come  to  lie 
on  the  right  valve.  Apparently  this  is  of  little  consequence  on  hard  bottom,  but  in  mud 
the  situation  is  considered  to  be  harmful  for  reasons  summarized  by  Needier.  Gunter 
and  McGraw  found  that  oysters  culled  from  clumps  landed  upside  down  when  planted 
in  water  59%  of  the  time.  This  is  attributed  to  poor  shape  of  the  oysters. 

Natural  single  oysters  numbering  1,423,  which  had  been  dredged  from  wild  reefs, 
were  selected  or  culled  to  singles  and  shovelled  overboard  into  fresh  water  1.5  to  3 
meters  deep.  Oysters  were  seen  to  stabilize  in  about  the  first  half  meter  when  thrown 
into  the  water  and  then  fall  unchanged,  upside  down  or  not,  to  the  bottom. 

Out  of  4,269  shovel-tosses  of  the  1,423  oysters  (3  each)  2,447  (57%)  landed  on  the 
left  valve  and  1,822  (43% )  landed  on  the  right  valve.  In  three  replications  of  the  experi- 
ment the  preponderance  of  the  total  sample  came  to  rest  normally  on  the  left  or  lower 
valve,  and  of  the  total  488  individuals  (34%)  consistently  settled  normally  whereas  on- 
ly 108  individuals  regularly  came  to  rest  on  the  dextral  valve. 


INTRODUCTION  AND  REVIEW 

In  an  attempt  to  analyze  some  of  the  aspects  of 
oyster  culture  a  little  closer,  the  writers  have  con- 
tinued work  on  how  single  oysters  land  on  the 
bottom  when  thrown  overboard.  This  appears  to 
be  a  simple  and  overly  pedestrian  matter  but  it  has 
an  interesting  history  in  the  literature,  with  some 
examples  of  how  disagreements  and  misunder- 
standings can  occur  over  simple  matters. 

The  early  conchologists  showed  that  the  oysters 
come  to  rest  on  the  left  or  convex  valve  by  attach- 
ment (Cf.  Woodward  1878),  and  generally  lie  that 
way,  contrary  to  Anomia  and  Pecten  which  rest 
on  the  right  valve.  Nevertheless,  Cunningham 
(1885)  of  the  Scottish  Marine  Station  disputed  this 
view  and  said  that  most  oysters  in  the  Firth  of 


Presented  at  1976  Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Shell- 
fisheries  Association. 


Forth  rest  on  the  right  valve  and  are  heavily  fouled 
only  on  the  upper  (left)  valve.  This  was  quickly 
disputed  by  Hunt  (1885),  who  said  that  all  oysters 
attach  by  their  convex  (left)  valves  as  stated  by 
Woodward,  Jeffrey  and  Huxley.  Moebius  (1885) 
quickly  affirmed  that  oysters  set  with  the  nucleus 
of  the  left  valve  attached  to  the  substrate.  It  is  now 
well  known  through  the  observations  of  Huxley 
(1883),  Stafford  (1910)  and  Prytherch  (1934)  that 
the  larvae  always  cement  the  left  valve  down.  The 
"nucleus"  of  Moebius  is  the  left  valve  of  the  pro- 
dissoconch or  late  larval  shell  stage,  which  Ran- 
son, (1960)  found  attached  even  in  fossil  oysters. 
Thus,  how  oysters  set  and  how  they  come  to  lie  on 
the  bottom  became  confused,  at  least  in  the  minds 
of  some  people. 

And  so  it  would  appear  that  the  natural  position 
of  oysters  was  well  settled  years  ago.  Even  so, 
modern  workers  have  caused  further  discussion 


G.  GUNTER  AND  W.D.  BURKE 


and  according  to  Orton  (1937,  p.  14),  "In  life  the 
flat  or  right  valve  usually  rests  on  the  sea-bottom 
and  is  often  referred  to  as  the  lower  one."  This 
caused  Galtsoff  (1964,  p.  16)  to  say  that  "Orton's 
(1937)  statement... is  an  obvious  oversight."  But 
Galtsoff  overlooked  Orton's  deferred  explanation 
on  p.  27  which  says,  "When  oysters  are  thrown  in 
the  water  they  usually  settle  with  the  flat  valve  on 
top.  In  this  position  the  shell  is  liable  to  be  washed 
about  by  any  water-current  and  eventually  to  top- 
ple over  to  rest  on  its  flat  side."  In  short  Orton  ex- 
plains the  observations  of  Cunningham  (1885) 
while  verifying  the  general  ideas  and  observations 
of  zoologists  concerning  setting  on  the  left  valve. 

With  regard  to  the  turning  over  of  the  European 
oyster,  Ostrea  edulis  L.,  by  currents  as  observed 
by  Cunningham  (1885)  and  Orton  (1937),  we  call 
attention  again  to  the  observations  of  Emery 
(1°68)  on  the  same  phenomenon  regarding  empty 
pelecypod  shells  on  the  continental  shelf. 

How  Oysters  Come  to  Lie  When  Planted  in  the 
Water 

Orton  (1^37,  p.  27)  said  merely  in  passing  that 
when  oysters  are  thrown  into  the  water  they 
usually  settle  with  the  flat  (right)  valve  on  top. 

Needier  (1938)  applied  himself  to  this  question 
and  came  to  several  conclusions,  some  of  which 
confirmed    our   observations    independently,    be- 
cause we  never  acquired  his  paper  until  the  last 
moment.  They  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 
The  normal  position  of  an  oyster  on  firm  bot- 
tom is  with  the  curved  (left  valve)  down.  On 
soft  bottom  they  sink  by  the  hinge  end  with 
the  "lip"  up.  In  upside  down  oysters  the  "lip" 
grows  upward,  producing  distortion.  For  the 
best  shape  oysters  should  lie  in  the  normal 
position. 
Oysters    smother    more    readily    when    upside 

down. 
About  95%  of  well-shaped  oysters  landed  right 
side  up  in  water  over  three  feet  deep.  The 
same  percentage  righted  themselves  within  a 
foot  or  two  when  let  in  the  water  upside 
down. 
Crooked  oysters  more  often  land  upside  down. 
Loose  shells  or  other  oysters  caused  oysters  to 
turn  over.  Water  helps  in  positioning  oysters 
and  it  is  better  to  plant  with  a  tide  than  on 
bare  ground. 


Galtsoff  (1964,  p.  16)  touched  upon  this  ques- 
tion with  his  statement,  "In  C.  virginica  the  left 
valve  is  almost  always  thicker  and  heavier  than 
the  right  one.  When  oysters  of  this  species  are 
dumped  from  the  deck  of  a  boat  and  fall  through 
water  they  come  to  rest  on  their  left  valves.  I 
observed  this  many  times  while  planting  either 
small  oysters  not  greater  than  2  inches  in  height, 
or  marketable  adults  of  5  to  6  inches." 

Other  authors  seem  to  have  used  estimates. 
Gunter  and  McGraw  (1974)  seem  to  be  the  only 
workers  who  have  presented  quantitative  data  on 
this  question.  They  found  in  Mississippi  that  wild 
reef  oysters  separated  from  clusters  and  culled  into 
singles  landed  right  side  up  only  41%  of  the  time. 
However,  the  oysters  used  in  these  trials  were 
essentially  misshapen  from  having  been  grown 
together  and  lingering  doubts  over  these  results 
caused  us  to  re-examine  the  situation.  We  might 
say  here  briefly  and  quickly  that  we  have  come  to 
the  conclusion  that  these  results  are  an  example  of 
what  Needier  was  talking  about  when  he  said, 
"Crooked  oysters  more  often  land  upside  down." 


PRESENT  WORK  AND  RESULTS 

The  writers  carried  on  a  further  series  of  simple 
experiments  using  1,423  oysters  of  which  937  were 
seed  oysters  under  50  mm  in  length.  These  were 
collected  from  natural  reefs  in  Mississippi  Sound 
by  dredge  and  most  of  them  were  selected  as 
singles,  but  some  were  culled.  They  were  shovel- 
led overboard  into  clear  fresh  water  in  swimming 
pools  1.5  to  3  meters  in  depth.  Observation  was 
then  made  by  scuba  diving  and  picking  up  all  the 
oysters  that  landed  right  side  up.  Then  the  upside 
down  oysters  were  collected  and  both  sets 
counted.  This  whole  process  was  repeated  three 
times.  The  results  are  given  in  Table  1 . 

The  departure  of  these  results  from  a  predic- 
table norm  based  on  mere  chance  is  given  in  Table 
2.  Actually  when  this  is  calculated  as  the  prob- 
ability function  of  a  binomial  distribution,  the 
chances  that  the  type  of  distribution  shown  here 
would  occur  naturally  intrinsically  in  a  50-50 
distribution  is  less  than  one  in  a  billion.  Translated 
from  statistical  terms  to  the  vernacular,  this  means 
that  there  is  practically  no  chance  that  these 
results  are  matters  of  chance. 


HOW  OYSTERS  LAND 


TABLE  1.  Resti)ig  positions  of  1423  "planted"  oysters  during  each  of  three  consecutive  trials. 

▼  =  At  rest  on  right  valve 
A=  At  rest  on  left  valve 


Total  Oysters 


Run  I. 


Run.  II. 


Run  III. 


1423 


108V 

16t>A 

101T 

155A 

126Y 

488A 

125V 

154A 

39% 

61% 

39% 

61% 

20% 

80% 

44% 

56% 

TABLE     2.     Comparison     of    calculated    and 
observed  orientation  of  1423  "planted"  oysters. 

Dextral  Sinistral 

(Chi  Right  Valve)  (On  Left  Valve) 

Calculated  Observed  Calculated  Observed 

712  530  712  893 

712  553  712  870 

712  460  712  963 


Run  I. 
Run  II. 
Run  III. 

Totals 


2136 


1543 


2136 


2726 


DISCUSSION  AND  CONCLUSIONS 
This  all  means,  as  several  writers  have  stated 
before,  that  well-shaped  natural  oysters  do  have  a 
very  strong  tendency  to  land  right  side  up  when 
planted  single  in  the  water.  One  might  say  that 
well-shaped  oysters  are  fitted  to  fall  through  the 
water  in  a  way  that  is  most  likely  to  lead  to  sur- 
vival after  the  oyster  strikes  the  bottom.  We  might 
wonder  what  circumstances  throughout  the  ages 
would  cause  a  natural  oyster  to  fall  through  the 
water  and  what  would  cause  these  helpless  in- 
vertebrates to  be  so  attuned  to  the  environment  in 
this  respect.  But  whatever  the  situation,  they  are 
obviously  among  the  most  successful  marine 
animals  on  Earth  being  present  in  all  continents 
except  Antartica,   at  depths  from  the  surface  to 


two  kilometers,  and  in  such  abundance  that  they 
leave  organic  remains  such  as  the  Point  au  Fer 
Reef  in  Atchafalaya  Bay  in  Louisiana  which  was 
30  miles  long  in  its  heyday.  As  relicts  of  one  single 
animal  these  are  probably  the  largest  conglomera- 
tions on  Earth,  for  the  sometimes  larger  coral  reefs 
are  formed  from  the  remains  of  many  species  of 
animals  and  plants. 

Observations  made  by  the  scuba  divers  (W.  D. 
Burke,  Ron  Lukens  and  lohn  DeMond)  showed 
that  oysters  thrown  overboard  with  a  shovel 
stabilized  themselves  within  two  feet  and  then 
continued  to  fall  in  the  same  way  to  the  bottom. 
This  confirms  the  previous  statement  of  Needier 
who  implies  that  oysters  were  held  in  various  posi- 
tions at  the  surface  and  then  released.  Looked  at 
another  way,  our  results  indicate  that  well-shaped 
oysters  have  a  36%  better  chance  of  survival  on 
soft  mud  where  they  would  die  less  quickly  than 
misshapen  oysters  which  might  fall  wrong  59%  of 
the  time  as  indicated  by  Gunter  and  McGraw 
(1974). 

Examination  of  Table  1  shows  that  oysters  fall- 
ing through  the  water  in  the  proper  stance,  so  to 
speak,  have  a  tendency  to  do  so  on  repeated  trials, 
whereas  oysters  that  fall  upside  down  have  a 
similar  tendency  to  continue  to  fall  upside  down 


G.  GUNTER  AND  W.  D.  BURKE 


with  repeated  trials.  This  is  the  conclusion  we 
would  expect  if  the  shape  of  the  oysters  modifies 
its  manner  of  falling  through  the  water. 

The  matter  of  how  well  oysters  survive  on 
various  bottoms  when  they  fall  upside  down  or 
right  side  up  is  another  question  and  although  at 
first  blush  it  might  seem  to  be  simple,  easy  and 
clearcut,  it  is  a  bit  more  complicated  than  it  first 
appears.  Be  that  as  it  may,  we  hope  to  treat  that 
subject  in  a  subsequent  study. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

We  thank  Mr.  Ronald  Lukens  and  Mr.  John  De- 
Mond  for  assisting  us  with  the  diving  and  Mrs.  C. 
E.  Rasor  and  Mr.  Anthony  Becker  for  the  use  of 
their  swimming  pools. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Cunningham,  T.  J.  1885.  The  resting  position  of 

oysters.  Nature,  London  32:597. 
Galtsoff,     P.     S.     1964.    The    American    oyster 

Crassostrea  virginica  Gmelin.  U.  S.  Fish  Wildl. 

Service.  Fish.  Bull.  64:1-480. 
Gunter,    G.    and    K.    A.    McGraw.    1974.    Basic 

studies    on    oyster    culture    1.    How    do    single 


oysters  land  on  the  bottom  when  planted?  Proc. 
Nat'l  Shellfish.  Assoc.  64:122-123. 

Hunt,  A.  R.  1885.  The  resting  position  of  oysters. 
Nature,  London  33:8. 

Huxley,  T.  H.  1883.  Oysters  and  oyster  question. 
Eng.  Illustrated  Mag.  London  1:47-55,  112-121. 

Moebius,  Karl.  1885.  The  resting  position  of 
oysters.  Nature,  London  33:52. 

Needier,  A.  W.  H.  1938.  How  do  oysters  land  on 
the  bottom  under  water?  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can., 
Oyster  Farming  Circ.  No.  1. 

Orton,  1.  H.  1937.  Oyster  biology  and  oyster- 
culture  being  the  Buckland  Lectures  for  1935. 
211  pp.,  57  fig.  Edward  Arnold  and  Co.  Lon- 
don. 

Prytherch,  H.  F.  1934.  The  role  of  copper  in  the 
setting,  metamorphosis  and  distribution  of  the 
American  oyster,  Ostrca  virginica.  Ecological 
Monographs  4(1):  47-107. 

Ranson,  G.  1960.  Les  prodissoconques  (coquilles 
larvaires)  des  Ostreides  vivants.  Bull.  Inst. 
Oceanogr.  1(183):1-41. 

Stafford,  J.  1910.  The  larva  and  spat  of  the  Cana- 
dian oyster.  II.  The  spat.  Amer.  Nat. 
44:343-366. 

Woodward,  S.  P.  1878.  Manual  of  Mollusca.  3rd 
ed. London. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


AN  ANALYSIS  OF  OYSTER  HATCHERY  PRODUCTION 

OF  CULTCHED  AND  CULTCHLESS  OYSTERS 

UTILIZING  LINEAR  PROGRAMMING  TECHNIQUES 

Fredric  Lipschnltz  *  and  George  Krantz 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

CENTER  FOR  ESTUARINE  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  STUDIES 

CAMBRIDGE,  MARYLAND  21613 

ABSTRACT 

Manpower  and  operational  requirements  for  cultched  and  cultchless  oyster  pro- 
duction schedules  in  a  large-scale  hatchery  were  compared  using  a  system  of  linear 
equations  and  a  computer  optimization  program.  The  matrix  of  equations  defined 
the  operational  sequence  within  the  oyster  hatchery,  the  resource  requirements,  and 
restrictions,  if  any.  The  optimization  program  minimized  a  cost  objective  function 
within  the  constraints  defined  by  the  system  matrix. 

Data  for  the  calculations  of  the  matrix  coefficients  were  taken  from  records  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  small-scale  hatchery  and  from  Dupuy  (1973).  The  hatchery 
data  provided  estimates  of  manpower  requirements  for  each  activity,  oyster  mor- 
tality rates,  and  equipment  costs.  Dupuy's  paper  provided  space  and  density  re- 
quirements. The  temporal  sequence  of  oyster  development  stages  was  based  on  well- 
documented  literature  and  observations  at  the  model  hatchery. 

Results  show  that  labor  was  the  major  cost  component  in  all  types  of  hatchery 
schedules.  The  optimal  solution  involved  purchase  of  large  amounts  of  equipment 
which  remained  idle  most  of  the  year,  being  fully  utilized  in  two  pulses  during  the 
year.  Constant  maximal  use  of  equipment  required  less  equipment  but  more  labor 
and  therefore  increased  production  costs.  Use  of  the  cultched  mode  of  hatchery 
operation  as  opposed  to  the  cultchless  resulted  in  approximately  45%  savings  in  pro- 
duction costs. 

This  study  represents  the  first  phase  of  a  long-  term  project  to  optimize  production 
scale  oyster  hatchery  operations.  Several  problem  areas  indicated  by  this  model  will 
be  investigated  and  changes  incoporated  into  a  revised  formulation. 

INTRODUCTION  cultched  spat  to  cultchless  spat;  and  (3)  test  the 
This  paper  describes  a  mathematical  model  of  design  of  a  production  scale  oyster  hatchery  just 
the  operation  of  a  commercial  oyster  hatchery.  completed  at  the  UMCEES  Horn  Point  En- 
Through  linear  programming  (LP)  techniques  the  vironmental  Laboratories  Cambridge,  Maryland, 
model  has  been  used  to:  (1)  determine  an  optimal  The  goal  of  this  paper  is  to  demonstrate  the  utility 
production  schedule  and  equipment  mix  for  oyster  of  LP  as  a  tool  for  economic  analyses  in  produc- 
hatcheries,   (2)  compare  hatchery  production  of  tion  aquaculture. 

•Present    Address:    Ecosystems    Center.     Marine    Biological  LineaI"    Programming    is    a    mathematical    tech- 

Laboratory.  Woods  Hole,  Mass.  02543.  nique  which  determines  optimal  levels  of  activity 


F.  LIPSCHULTZ  AND  G.  KRANTZ 


within  given  resource  restrictions,  using  well- 
documented  theory  (Gass,  1969)  and  readily 
available  computer  programs.  As  an  analytical 
tool,  linear  programming  has  been  used  in  a  varie- 
ty of  biological  applications  (Arroyo,  1965; 
Davis,  1967;  Swartzman,  1973.)  The  model  form 
is  a  matrix  of  linear  equations  describing  the  pro- 
duction or  use  of  restricted  resources.  The  use  of 
linear  equations  assumes  all  functions  modelled  to 
be  linear,  thereby  precluding  economies  of  scale 
and  exponential  cost  curves.  Since  matrices  of  this 
form  generally  have  a  large  number  of  possible 
solutions,  an  additional  equation,  the  objective 
function,  can  be  defined  which  is  maximized 
within  the  given  set  of  possible  solutions  to  the 
matrix.  For  example,  an  objective  function  could 
be  a  series  of  terms  relating  the  profit  in  all  of  the 
activity  levels,  thereby  determining  the  most  pro- 
fitable solution  consistent  with  the  imposed  con- 
straints. 

METHODOLOGY 
The  temporal  sequence  used  in  the  model  con- 
sisted of  a  360-day  year  divided  into  a  300-day 
production  period,  a  30-day  maintenance  period, 
and  30  days  of  vacation.  The  oyster  life-cycle  was 
divided  into  15-day  periods  to  consolidate  the 
model  activity  into  units  closely  approximating 
life  stages  of  oysters  in  the  hatchery  culture  pro- 
cedure. The  life-cycle  activities  and  their  durations 
(Table  1)  for  cultchless  hatchery  operation  are 
based  on  observations  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  Horn  Point  hatchery.  Each  of  the  life- 
cycle  activities  could  be  initiated  in  any  of  20 

TABLE  1.  Definitions  and  Durations  of  Life-cycle 
Activities  Available  for  Initiation  during  the  Pro- 
duction Year. 

Duration 

No.  Activity  (Periods) 


1 

Grow  1  carboy  of  algae 

1 

2 

Condition  1  oyster 

3 

3 

Fill  1  Larval  Cone 

(600,000  larvae/cone) 

1 

4 

Set  and  harden  1  Mylar  sheet 

of  oysters 

2 

5 

Fill  1  trough  with  oysters  for 

final  hardening 

4 

6 

Heat  water  to  condition 
oyster  for  1  period 

1 

periods,  although  the  developmental  biology  in 
the  oyster  life-cycle  obviously  precluded  certain 
choices  such  as  initiating  spat  set  prior  to  the  con- 
ditioning and  larval  stages. 

Listed  in  Table  2  is  a  set  of  activities  through 
which  the  model  could  purchase  resources,  such  as 
labor  and  equipment,  necessary  to  conduct  the 
hatchery  operations.  Initiation  of  these  activities 
(i.e.  purchasing  of  resources)  took  place  prior  to 
the  production  year  and  permitted  use  of  the  pur- 
chased items  throughout  the  year.  This  restriction 
precluded  purchase  of  additional  equipment  or 
temporary  labor  during  the  production  year. 
Labor  to  install  purchased  items  is  included  in  the 
cost. 

TABLE  2.  Purchasing  Activities  and  Associated 
Costs  Initiated  Prior  to  the  Production  Year. 

Cost  U.S. 
Activity  Dollars 


Hire  labor  to  work  8  hrs/day 

for  15  days 

10,000 

Buy  1  carboy 

15 

Buy  1  Larval  cone 

250 

Buy  1  spat  tank  and  set  of 

associated  Mylar  trays 

1,180 

Buy  1  sq.  ft.  of  hardening  trough 

5 

Buy  1  conditioning  tank 

(9  sq.ft.) 

100 

The  resource  equations  for  a  period  in  mid-year 
are  shown  in  Table  3.  The  matrix  coefficients  are 
the  levels  of  the  resource  (manpower,  equipment 
or  energy)  required  per  unit  of  hatchery  activity. 
For  example,  growing  a  carboy  of  algae  (activity 
1)  would  require  1  carboy,  30  hours  of  labor  and 
produce  55.8  liters  of  algae  with  a  mean  cell  con- 
centration of  107  cells/ml.  The  negative  sign  in- 
dicates production  as  is  illustrated  in  the  following 
equation: 

-55.8X! +84X2 +240X3  +  75X4  <  0 

Addition  of  55.8  to  both  sides  produces  an 
equation  which  limits  utilization  of  algal  food  to 
less  than  or  equal  to  the  algal  production.  Produc- 
tion in  successive  periods  is  linked  by  use  of  this 
convention.  Thus,  larvae  initiated  in  period  5  and 
grown  for  15  days  would  add  to  the  supply  of  spat 
for  use  in  the  period  6  activity  of  hardening  the 
spat  on  Mylar  sheets. 


ANALYSIS  OF  HATCHERY  PRODUCTION 


TABLE  3.  Matrix  Coefficients  for  Cultchless  Hatchery  Production  Activity  Initiated  During  a  Mid-Year 
Period. 


Resource 


No.  of  carboys 

Sq.  ft.  conditioning  space 

No.  of  larval  cones 

No.  of  spat  tanks 

Sq.  ft.  of  trough 

Labor  (hours) 

Liters  of  food  supply  (Algal) 

Larval  supply  (Individuals) 

1st  hardening  spat  supply 

(Individuals) 
Final  hardening  spat  supply 

(Individuals) 
Hot  water  (gpm) 
Oysters  (Individuals) 


X, 


x2 


Activity 
X,  X. 


.25 


.004 


1 

30 

65.25 

39 

.625 

•55.8 

84 
—60,000 

240 
600,000 

—240,000 

75 

120,000 
—60,000 

1 

-30 


— 1 


X,  =  Grow  1  carboy  of  algae 
X2  =  Condition  1  oyster 
X3  =  Grow  larvae 


X4  =  1st  hardening 
X5  =  Final  hardening 
X6  =  Heat  water 


The  coefficients  in  Table  3  were  calculated  from 
the  records  of  a  small  scale  oyster  hatchery  that 
was  operated  for  one  year  at  Horn  Point  En- 
vironmental Laboratories.  Labor  coefficients  were 
developed  on  the  assumptions  of  U.S.  union  labor 
(i.e.  40  hr  work  week  and  30  day  annual  leave). 
The  design  of  a  cultchless  hatchery  and  its  re- 
quisite space,  oyster  density  requirements,  and 
flow  rates  for  water  were  taken  from  Dupuy 
(1973).  The  costs  for  purchase  of  equipment  sup- 
plies and  expendible  materials  are  actual  figures 
for  (1976)  construction  of  a  pilot  production  hat- 
chery currently  in  operation  at  Horn  Point. 

A  cost  objective  function  was  chosen  for  this 
model  utilizing  the  costs  for  purchasing  the 
resources  listed  in  Table  2.  The  life-cycle  activities 
also  had  associated  costs,  though  they  were  small 
compared  to  the  costs  of  materials,  labor,  and 
energy. 

RESULTS 

The  initial  computer  run  of  the  model  was  made 
to  optimize  the  production  schedule  and  minimize 
the  amount  of  labor,  space,  and  equipment  re- 
quired to  produce  50  million  oysters  in  the  10- 
month  cultchless  production  period.  The  resource 


requirements  and  production  schedule  to  meet  this 
constraint  are  shown  in  Figure  1.  Since  the  initial 
high  level  of  conditioning  activity  (labelled  A), 
propagates  through  subsequent  life  stages,  fully 
utilizing  the  purchased  resources,  new  condition- 
ing activity  (labelled  B,C,D)  during  the  first  10 
periods  is  either  low  or  non-existent.  After  the 
pulse  of  activity  passes  out  of  the  system,  (e.g. 
oyster  spat  are  planted  on  natural  bottom),  a  new 
high  level  of  activity  (labelled  E)  is  initiated. 

A  typical  pattern  of  equipment  utilization 
shows  an  initial  maximal  use  followed  by  several 
periods  where  the  equipment  is  largely  idle.  This 
seemingly  non-optimal  solution  on  closer  ex- 
amination was  found  to  be  soundly  based.  Since 
labor  to  use  the  equipment  was  by  far  the  greatest 
cost  element  in  the  objective  function,  the  model 
utilized  a  mobile  labor  force  shifting  from  equip- 
ment types  as  it  followed  the  oyster  life-cycle. 

It  is  possible  within  the  LP  framework  to  restrict 
the  level  of  an  activity  within  a  given  range, 
thereby  obtaining  a  solution  in  which  the  hatchery 
equipment  was  more  fully  utilized  in  all  periods. 
The  oyster  conditioning  was  therefore  constrained 
to  a  level  of  activity  currently  used  in  the  HPEL 
pilot  production  hatchery.  This  restriction  limited 


F.  LIPSCHULTZ  AND  G.  KRANTZ 


1  — 

2  .... 

3  -- 
4 


NUMBER    OF    CONDITIONED   OYSTERS 
NUMBER    OF    LARVAL    CONES 
NUMBER   OF   SPAT     TANKS 
SQUARE     FEET    OF     TROUGH 


4  3  2  1 


2  5,000  | 
20pOO 

500 
400 

250  • 
200; 

1  5,00  0 

300 

150 : 

10,0  00 

200 

ioo : 

5,000 

100 

so : 

1000 


500 


2    I- 
-+ I 


C 


B 


2 

H I- 


0  2  4  6  8  10  11  14 

FIFTEEN       DAY       PERIODS 

FIGURE  1.  Time  sequence  and  activity  levels  for  50  million  oysters/year. 


20 


1500 

L 

V X X 

1/1 

> 

§    1200 

CC 
< 

\ 

v- 

u 

A 

o 

1/1 
a: 

LU 
CD 

Z) 


900 


600 


300o 


0 


UNCONST  RA I  NED 
CONSTRAINED 


1 


15     16 


3               5               7               9  11              13 

FIFTEEN       DAY  PERIODS 
FIGURE  2.  Carboy  utilization  for  algal  culture. 

all  subsequent  life  stages  and  activities.  Figure  2  ed  is  less  for  the  constrained  mode  and  the  number 

compares    the    time    sequence    of    a    particular  of   periods   in   full   use   is   longer   than    the   un- 

resource  for  the  constrained  and  unconstrained  constrained  mode.  Table  4  lists  all  of  the  equip- 

modes  of  operation.  The  number  of  carboys  utiliz-  ment  and  labor  needs  for  these  two  possible  hat- 


ANALYSIS  OF  HATCHERY  PRODUCTION 


TABLE  4.  Resource  Requirements  for  Constrained 
and  Unconstrained  Brood  Stock  in  a  Theoretical 
Hatchery  Design  to  Produce  50  Million  Oysters 
Per  Year  by  the  Cultchless  Hatchery  Process. 


Resource 


Not  Constrained 

Constrained         Brood  Stock 


Cost 

($1000) 
Carboys 

(#) 
Condition 

(sq.ft.) 
Cones 

(#) 

Spat  Tanks 

(#) 
Troughs 

(#) 
Manpower 


2,688 

1,469 

27 

195 

407 

1,017 
291 


2,968 

1,531 

23 

80 

191 

995 
376 


chery  production  schedules.  The  constrained  solu- 
tion costs  more  because  of  the  increased  labor 
costs  associated  with  conducting  several  opera- 
tions simultaneously  as  opposed  to  shifting  the 
labor  force  from  activity  to  activity  as  the  produc- 
tion pulse  passes  through  the  system. 

The  cultched  mode  of  hatchery  operation  was 
modeled  by  removing  the  first  hardening  activity 
(X4)  and  putting  all  newly  set  spat  directly  into  the 
hardening  troughs.  The  number  of  periods  re- 
quired for  maturation  was  increased  to  90  days  (6 
periods).  Table  5  compares  the  results  of  this  run 
with  the  requirements  for  production  of  50  million 
oysters  by  the  cultchless  production  method.  The 
total  cost  for  production  of  spat  on  cultch  was 
44%  less  than  by  the  cultchless  method  partially 
because  of  space  economies  and  greater  survival 
after  setting,  but  mostly  as  a  result  of  the  lower 
labor  requirements. 

Finally,  the  cultched  and  cultchless  modes  were 
compared  using  the  actual  equipment  and  space 
available  for  the  operation  of  a  full  scale  produc- 
tion hatchery  at  Horn  Point.  An  unrealistic 
assumption  allowed  the  hatchery  program  to  hire 
unlimited  labor,  though  the  cost  of  the  labor  to 
conduct  the  various  specific  procedures  remained 
constant.  An  oyster  selling  activity  ($100/1000 
oysters)  (10c  each)  was  added  to  replace  the  pro- 


duction quota  as  a  motivating  force  for  the  model. 
The  results  in  Table  6  indicate  a  non-optimal  pur- 
chase of  equipment  when  the  hatchery  was  de- 
signed. The  non-starred  equipment  remained  idle, 
limited  by  the  starred  resource.  The  model  output 
permits  calculation  of  the  percent  of  idle  equip- 

TABLE  5.  Resource  Requirements  for  Comparison 
of  Cultchless  and  Cultched  Hatchery  Procedures. 
Production  of  50  Million  Oysters  Per  Year. 


Resource 


Cultchless 


Cultched 


Cost 

($1000) 
Carboys 

(#) 

Condition 
(sq.  ft.) 
Cones 

(#) 

Spat  Tanks 

(#) 
Troughs 

(#) 
Manpower 


2,688 

1,469 

27 

195 

407 

1,017 
291 


1,503 

753 

14 

100 


1,042 
195 


TABLE  6.  Comparison  of  Resources  in  HPEL 
Hatchery  Under  Cultched  and  Cultchless  Opera- 
tion Using  a  Profit  Objective  Function. 

HPEL  Hatchery  Design 
Resource  Cultchless  Cultched 


Profit 

($1000) 

175.4 

366.9 

Carboys 

(#) 

103 

101 

Condition 

(sq.ft.) 

15 

17 

Cones 

(#) 

6 

13 

Spat  Tanks 

(#) 

12* 



Troughs 

(#) 

60 

140* 

Manpower 

37 

45 

Oysters 

(X1000) 

4,320 

6,720 

"Limiting  Constraints 


10 


F.  LIPSCHULTZ  AND  G.  KRANTZ 


ment  thereby  providing  guidance  for  the  optimal 
hatchery  design.  Within  the  given  resource  restric- 
tions the  cultched  mode  again  was  more  efficient 
than  the  clutchless  mode  producing  more  oysters 
(48%)  than  the  cultchless  mode. 

CRITIQUE  OF  THE  MODEL 

This  model  represents  the  first  phase  of  a  long 
term  project  to  determine  the  economic  and 
biological  feasibility  of  using  hatchery-raised 
oysters  to  sustain  public  and  private  oyster 
fisheries.  The  modeling  effort,  in  conjunction  with 
existing  conventional  biological  research  pro- 
grams, has  demonstrated  some  uses  as  a  tool  in 
determining  the  future  of  aquaculture  in  the 
Maryland  portion  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  These  uses 
include  satisfying  the  initial  objectives  of  optimiz- 
ing a  production  schedule  and  equipment  mix  for 
oyster  hatchery  production,  pointing  out  con- 
trasts between  cultched  and  cultchless  hatchery 
operation  and  identifying  potential  production 
bottlenecks  due  to  design  errors.  Beyond  these  im- 
portant products,  modeling  efforts  can  benefit 
research  by  clearly  and  formally  organizing  data 
on  hatchery  operation,  and  indicating  where 
carefully  planned  new  research  or  technical  im- 
provements could  be  of  greatest  benefit. 

Analysis  of  the  output  from  this  initial  modeling 
effort  suggests  several  areas  which  need  more 
refined  equations  and/or  more  data  from  the  ac- 
tual operation  of  a  production  scale  shellfish 
hatchery  which  produces  both  cultched  and 
cultchless  oyster  spat.  Operational  manpower  and 
production  calculations  were  based  on  figures 
from  a  laboratory  scale  hatchery  which  set  only  10 
million  spat  in  1976.  A  great  economy  of  scale 
which  the  linear  program  framework  cannot 
model,  is  expected  in  the  operation  of  a  larger 
facility  in  1977  which  should  produce  100  million 
spat  during  its  first  year  of  operation.  Therefore, 


during  1977,  the  HPEL  facility  is  being  devoted  to 
collection  of  the  types  of  data  necessary  for  the 
reformulation  of  the  model.  The  reformulated 
model  in  addition  to  performing  tasks  illustrated 
in  this  report  can  then  be  used  as  a  predictive  tool, 
allowing  production  modifications  to  be  tested 
without  disrupting  hatchery  operation. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

This  project  was  jointly  supported  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  and  by  the  Fisheries  Admini- 
stration of  the  Maryland  Department  of  Natural 
Resources. 

Current  studies  at  HPEL  are  also  being  support- 
ed by  the  NOAA  Office  of  Sea  Grant. 

Computer  time  and  facilities  were  provided  by 
the  University  of  Maryland  Computer  Service 
Center. 

We  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Filmore  Bender,  Depart- 
ment of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  for 
his  constructive  advice,  technical  assistance,  and 
review  of  the  manuscript. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Arroyo,  G.J.  1962.  Fish  Pond  Development  Plan- 
ning with  the  help  of  Linear  Programming.  FAO 
Fisheries  Technical  Paper     21p. 

Davis,  L.S.  1967.  Dynamic  Programming  for  Deer 
Management  Planning.  J.  Wildlife  Mgmt. 
31(4):667-679. 

Dupuy,  J.L.  1973.  Translation  of  mariculture 
research  into  a  commercial  oyster  seed  hatch- 
ery. Proc.  World  Mariculture  Soc.  p677-685. 

Gass,  S.I.  1969.  Linear  Programming  Methods 
and  Applications.  3rd  ed.  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Co. 

Swartzman,  G.L.  1973.  Dynamic  Programming 
Approach  to  Optimal  Grazing  Strategies  using  a 
succession  Model  for  a  Tropical  Grassland. 
Appl.  Ecol.  ll(2):537-548. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


GREGARIOUS  SETTING  IN  EUROPEAN  AND 

AMERICAN  OYSTERS  —  RESPONSE  TO 

SURFACE  CHEMISTRY  vs.  WATERBORNE  PHEROMONES1 

Herbert  Hidu,  William  G.  Valleau,  and  Fletcher  P.  Veitcli 

HERBERT  HIDU 
DEPARTMENT  OF  OCEANOGRAPHY 

IRA  C.  DARLING  CENTER 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MAINE  AT  ORONO 

WALPOLE,  MAINE  04573 

WILLIAM  G.  VALLEAU 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MAINE  AT  ORONO 

ORONO,  MAINE  04473 

FLETCHER  P.  VEITCH 

DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

COLLEGE  PARK,  MARYLAND  20742 

ABSTRACT 
Action  of  a  waterborne  pheromone  in  gregarious  setting  was  demonstrated  by  ex- 
posing European  oyster  larvae  to  extrapallial  fluid  (EPF)  prior  to  and  during  exposure 
to  cultch  shell.  Both  treatments  resulted  in  significant  increase  in  larval  setting  over 
controls,  indicating  that  the  setting  response  can  be  released  without  contact  with  a 
treated  cultch  surface.  Cross  reactivity  of  EPF  between  American  and  European  oysters 
was  also  indicated.  Additional  experiments  should  investigate  the  role  of  the 
pheromone  in  planktonic  movements  of  larvae. 

INTRODUCTION  1965,  1974;  Bayne,  1969).  Various  test  materials, 
In  1949,  Cole  and  Knight-Jones  discovered  Le"  fractionated  oyster  tissue  extracts  and  ex- 
"gregarious  setting"  in  the  European  oyster  trapalhal  fluid  (oyster  shell  liquor),  they  state, 
Ostrea  edulis  L.  larvae.  The  presence  of  were  effective  only  when  applied  to  surfaces, 
postmetamorphic  oysters  stimulated,  in  some  When  test  chemicals  were  administered  in  suspen- 
manner,  the  setting  of  larvae  near  the  site  The  s.on  or  solution  there  was  no  observable  modifica- 
authors  surmised  that  a  waterborne  material  tion  of  the  behavior  of  the  larvae  and  a  change  in 
released  by  the  juveniles  stimulated  the  mature  Settmg  rateS  dld  not  result-  They  sPeculate  that  it 
larvae  to  set.  Since  that  time  British  workers  have  WOuld  be  imProbable  that  a  larva  could  respond 
held  the  strong  opinion  that  gregarious  setting  is  t0  a  waterborne  material  because  of  very  low  con- 
mediated  by  the  direct  contact  of  larvae  with  com-  centratloris  or  the  material  in  all  but  the  immediate 
pounds   adhered    to    the   setting   surface    (Crisp,  SOurce  area  (boundry  laVer  theory).  Further,  they 

hypothesize  that  a  small  animal,  such  as  an  oyster 

1    IraC.  Darling  Center  Contribution  No.  119  larva,  could  not  sense  a  concentration  gradient 

11 


12 


H.  HIDU,  W.G.  VALLEAU  AND  F.P.  VEITCH 


and  that  their  swimming  speeds  are  so  low  that 
they  could  not  effectively  approach  the  source 
(Crisp,  1965). 

Our  developing  information  with  the  American 
oyster  (Crassostrea  virginica),  however,  indicates 
the  action  of  a  waterborne  pheromone  (Hidu, 
1969;  Keck  et  al.,  1970;  Veitch  and  Hidu,  1971). 
Spat  enclosed  in  bags  of  plankton  mesh  too  small 
for  passage  of  larvae  stimulated  setting  on  cultch 
outside  the  bags.  Addition  of  extrapallial  fluid 
(EPF)  or  seawater  which  had  contained  adult 
oysters  significantly  increased  setting  rates  within 
one  to  two  hours.  Of  course,  there  is  the  possibili- 
ty that  the  administered  materials  became  adhered 
to  the  cultch  surfaces  and  the  larvae  responded  to 
surface  contact  after  all,  as  suggested  by  Crisp 
(1974). 

To  really  understand  and  manipulate  recruit- 
ment in  oysters  it  is  important  that  we  determine 
the  mechanisms  of  action  in  gregarious  setting, 
i.e.,  response  to  surface  attached  molecules 
and/or  response  to  waterborne  materials.  A  set- 
ting response  released  only  after  surface  contact 
would  mean  that  mature  larvae  are  benthic  and 
undergo  extensive  random  "searching"  of  the  bot- 
tom until  the  "proper"  substrate  is  encountered. 
With  the  relatively  low  current  velocities  just  at 
the  bottom  and  feeble  swimming  speeds  of  larvae, 
it  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  a  surface  contact 
response  alone  could  be  of  significant  benefit  in  in- 
creasing the  efficiency  of  setting  of  larvae.  Rather, 
the  response  would  be  highly  adaptive  if  pelagic 
mature  larvae  could  sense  the  presence  of  a  large 
adult  population  and  then  become  benthic  and  set 
in  the  immediate  area.  Indeed  Welch  (1930)  and 
Crisp  (1965)  suggested  such  a  mechanism;  the 
response  to  a  dissolved  chemical  being  coupled  to 
a  second  sense,  i.e.,  a  light  response.  Photoposi- 
tive  larvae  would  turn  photonegative,  thus  caus- 
ing the  larvae  to  reach  a  desirable  setting  area. 
This  behavior,  possibly  coupled  with  the  response 
to  specific  surface  chemistry,  would  be  more  ad- 
vantageous to  the  setting  larvae.  Thorson  (1964) 
suggested  that  oyster  larvae  were  photopositive 
throughout  their  larval  life,  but  then  turned 
photonegative  and  set  in  response  to  environmen- 
tal stimuli  such  as  increased  temperatures  en- 
countered in  the  intertidal  zone.  The  sudden  ap- 
pearance of  the  larval  eyespot  just  prior  to  setting 


is  highly  suggestive  that  this  receptor  is  functional 
in  setting  in  some  manner. 

In  the  present  experiments,  European  oyster  lar- 
vae were  exposed  to  extrapallial  fluid  applied  in 
suspension  prior  to  and  during  exposure  to  cultch 
shells  in  order  to  demonstrate  the  release  of  a  set- 
ting response  through  the  waterborne  action  of  the 
setting  pheromone.  Further,  the  cross  reactivity  of 
EPF  of  American  and  European  oysters  has  been 
determined  for  these  species. 

This  study  was  supported  in  part  by  National 
Science  Foundation  Grant  No.  GA-28741  and  by 
NOAA,  Office  of  Sea  Grant,  Project  No. 
NG-40-72. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

All  tests  determining  effects  of  EPF  on  setting 
were  conducted  in  a  similar  manner.  European 
and  American  oyster  larvae  were  first  reared  by 
methods  described  by  Walne  (1966)  and  Loosanoff 
and  Davis  (1963). 

Trials  were  run  with  eyed  larvae  which  had  in- 
itiated setting  in  large  400-liter  culture  vessels. 
Larvae  were  concentrated  from  the  larger  vessels 
and  then  aliquoted  into  a  series  of  1-liter  beackers 
which  each  contained  five  bay  scallop,  Ae- 
quipecten  irradians,  shells  as  cultch.  Each  beaker 
contained  approximately  5000  larvae  with  five  to 
ten  replicates  per  treatment.  Twenty-five  mis  of 
EPF  was  added  to  1-liter  of  larval  suspension  in 
the  appropriate  series.  The  experiment  was  then 
held  for  one  to  two  hours  to  allow  significant 
numbers  of  larvae  to  attach  to  the  shell  cultch.  All 
vessels  were  then  emptied  at  the  same  time  and  the 
cultch  shells  were  gently  dipped  in  clear  seawater 
to  remove  larvae  from  the  shells  that  had  not  set. 
This  process,  no  doubt,  removed  some  newly  set 
larvae;  however,  all  repetitions  were  carried  out  in 
a  uniform  fashion  to  permit  a  valid  measurement 
of  the  effect  of  the  treatment  on  setting.  Cultch 
shells  were  dried  and  the  total  number  of  larvae 
that  set  were  counted  under  a  binocular  micro- 
scope. The  results  were  analyzed  by  calculating 
the  95%  confidence  limits  of  the  mean,  ±2  SE„,, 
or  by  subjecting  results  to  a  single  classification 
ANOVA  where  appropriate  (Steel  and  Torrie, 
1960). 

Extrapallial  fluid,  intra-and  interspecies  trials.  The 
effects  on  setting  of  EPF  administered  in  suspen- 


GREGARIOUS  SETTING  OF  OYSTERS 


13 


sion,  was  determined  first  at  the  intraspecies  level 
and  then  at  the  interspecies  level.  With  American 
oysters,  an  initial  series  of  12  experiments  tested 
the  effects  of  American  oyster  EPF  by  comparing 
setting  rates  with  untreated  controls.  Later,  a 
single  experiment  determined  the  effects  of  Euro- 
pean oyster  EPF  on  American  oyster  setting  by 
comparing  its  performance  with  American  oyster 
EPF  and  untreated  controls.  Similarly,  with  Euro- 
pean oysters,  7  experiments  were  performed  to 
determine  the  effects  of  intraspecies  EPF  and  two 
with  interspecies  EPF.  Significant  differences  in 
oyster  set  between  control  and  EPF  treated 
cultures  within  each  experiment  were  determined 
by  a  "t"  test  (Steel  and  Torrie,  1960). 

American  oyster  EPF  was  procurred  by  first 
holding  in-season  scrubbed  oysters  out  of  water 
for  two  to  three  hours.  The  shells  were  then  gently 
pried  open  with  an  oyster  knife  and  the  EPF 
removed.  This  procedure  generally  produced 
several  mis.  of  a  rather  viscous  yellow  fluid  with  a 
protein  concentration  of  90  to  100  ug/ml.  This 
procedure  was  not  possible  with  European  oysters 
because  this  species  retains  less  EPF  and  prying  of 
the  fragile  shells  resulted  in  damage  to  our 
valuable  brood  stock  animals.  An  alternate 
method  was  devised,  that  of  allowing  36  air-dried 
oysters  to  pump  in  a  single  3-liter  volume  of  sea 
water  for  two  hours.  Oysters  readily  transferred 
EPF  to  this  medium;  however,  the  protein  concen- 
trations were  much  lower,  approximating  20 
ug/ml. 

Extrapallial  fluid  —  action  of  waterborne  vs.  at- 
tached chemicals. 

We  felt  that  waterborne  action  could  be  further 
demonstrated  if  prior  exposure  of  oyster  larvae  to 
EPF  in  suspension  resulted  in  increased  setting 
rates  after  transfer  to  experimental  cultures  con- 
taining only  seawater  and  cultch,  but  no  EPF.  A 
series  of  four  experiments  was  thus  set  up  to  deter- 
mine setting  rates  for  European  oyster  larvae 
which  were  pretreated  in  two  ways  (Figure  4).  The 
first  group  was  held  in  a  60-liter  vessel  with  the  ad- 
dition of  6  liters  of  EPF  from  European  oysters 
(procurred  as  above).  Larvae  were  stirred  to  pre- 
vent prolonged  contact  with  container  surfaces. 
After  10  minutes,  larvae  were  decanted  onto  a 
sieve,  thoroughly  washed  with  filtered  seawater 
and  placed  in  a  second  60-liter  vessel  made  up  to 


the  same  volume  with  EPF-free  seawater.  A  se- 
cond 60-liter  vessel  with  larvae  served  as  a  con- 
trol. Concentrations  of  larvae  in  the  vessels  ap- 
proximated 5000  per  liter. 

Three  experimental  treatments  were  initiated, 
i.e., 

a.  Control  larvae  with  no  EPF  (10  reps) 

b.  Control  larvae  with  25  mis  EPF  added  to 
experimental  cultures 

c.  Experimental  larvae  pretreated  with  EPF  but 
with  no  addition  of  EPF  to  experimental 
cultures.  (EPF  released). 

Results  from  each  of  the  four  repetitive  ex- 
periments were  analyzed  with  a  single  classifica- 
tion ANOVA.  Significant  differences  among 
treatments  were  determined  with  an  lsd  test  (Steel 
and  Torrie,  1960). 

RESULTS 

Intraspecies  response  to  EPF.  Extensive  trials  with 
American  and  European  oysters  indicate  that 
there  is  a  very  rapid  response  to  EPF  administered 
in  suspension  (Figure  1).  One  to  two  hours  of  ex- 
European     oyster    larvae 


H   r- 


©O©       © 


© 


© 


European     oyster    ex <r opolhal  fluid 


0 


0  30  60  90  120  150 

Total    Set    per    Experiment 
American    oyster    larvae 


H  h 


H  h 


©@®    @©  ©  ©   I 


American     Oy 


r  a  pa  1 1  ia     •  i  u  -  J 


■12   '    i    '     I 


©         ©  ® 


© 


-no  odd.t  m 


40  60  80  100 

Total    Set    per   Experiment 


FIGURE   1.    Setting   of  European   and  American 
oyster  larvae  in  response  to  intraspecies  extrapal- 


14 


H.  HIDU,  W.G.  VALLEAU  AND  F.P.  VEITCH 


Hal  fluid  administered  in  suspension.  Seven  ex- 
periments were  run  with  European  oyster  larvae 
and  12  with  American  oysters,  with  ten  replicate 
cultures  in  each  experiment.  "T"  tests  revealed 
significant  differences  in  all  experiments  at  least 
at  the  95%  level. 

posure  resulted  in  over  twice  the  setting  in  ex- 
perimental cultures.  Gross  examination  revealed 
that  setting  behavior  is  activated  within  10 
minutes  of  application  of  EPF.  Shells  extracted 
from  experimental  cultures  at  this  time  had  greater 
numbers  of  larvae  loosely  attached  in  a  swim- 
crawl  phase  preparatory  to  setting. 

Additional  trials  with  both  species  indicated  a 
possible  interspecific  response,  although  the 
results  were  variable  for  unknown  reasons.  With 


European     oyster     larvae     Expt. 


1 1 

Cor 

trol   - 

1 

ropol 

trapol 
ioi   f I 

■  al  f 

id 

Uld 

1 

i 

American    oysler     ei 
no     additive 

0            I              2             1 

5            6             7             8            9            10           i 

Set   per    Culture 

12 

13 

European    oyster    larvae     Expt.  2 


1 

1 
1  * 

,              1            _, 
1 

Europeon    oyster     extrapal 

Amencon    oyster   ex trapaiiiai  fluid 
I  -   no     additive 

ial 

luid 

1 

0 

■:. 

6            10           12           14           16           16         20         22          24 

Set    per    Culture 

ZG 

28 

FIGURE  2.  Setting  of  European  oyster  larvae  in 
response  to  extrapallial  fluid  of  American  and 
European  oysters.  Points  indicate  replicate  cul- 
tures within  each  experiment.  Mean  values  of  rep- 
licates and  95%  confidence  limits  (±2  SEm)  are 
indicated. 


European  oyster  larvae,  for  example,  a  first  trial 
with  American  oyster  EPF  (Figure  2)  resulted  in  a 
very  significant  increase  in  setting  rates.  A  second 
trial,  however,  resulted  in  a  very  little  increase 
over  untreated  controls.  A  preliminary  trial  with 
American  oyster  larvae  indicated  increased  setting 
in  response  to  European  oyster  EPF  (Figure  3)  . 


American     oyster    larvae 


1                                 , 

ial    r 

Uld 

4). 

Cont 

1 

Europeon     oyster     enlropol 

1 

ro 

1 

American    oytler    eitrapoliial    tluid 
no   additive 

0            2 

4 

6 

B            10           12           14           16           IB         20         22         24 

Set  per    Culture 

26 

26 

30 

FIGURE  3.  Setting  of  American  oyster  larvae  in 
response  to  extrapallial  fluid  of  American  and 
European  oysters.  Points  indicate  replicate  cul- 
tures with  mean  value  and  95%  confidence  limits 
indicated. 


Exposure  of  European  oyster  larvae  to  EPF  prior 
to  exposure  to  cultch  shells  resulted  in  significant 
increases  in  setting,  demonstrating  a  waterborne 
action  of  the  pheromone  (Figure  4).  Two  of  four 
repetitions  of  the  experiment  resulted  in  significant 
differences  between  treatments,  with  controls  be- 
ing significantly  lower  than  the  groups  exposed  to 
EPF  and  rinsed,  which  were  in  turn  lower  than  the 
groups  exposed  to  EPF  during  the  exposure  to 
cultch  shell.  Two  other  experiments,  although 
they  showed  similar  numerical  trends  showed  no 
overall  significant  differences  as  revealed  by  the 
ANOVA. 

Thus,  oysters  of  both  species  are  immediately 
stimulated  to  set  in  response  to  EPF  administered 
in  suspension.  The  response  appears  to  be  in- 
terspecific. The  action  of  a  waterborne  material  is 
indicated  with  European  oysters  because  the  larval 
setting  response  was  released  by  exposure  to 
suspended  EPF  prior  to  exposure  to  cultch  shells. 


GREGARIOUS  SETTING  OF  OYSTERS 


15 


EUROPEAN 

OYSTER    SET 

Expt. 

Control 

EPF 

Released 

EPF 

1 

51 

< 

83 

< 

121    ** 

2 

(Total    of  10  cultural 

100 

) 

141 

= 

130    NS 

3 

60 

= 

99 

= 

124    NS 

4 

7 

< 

114 

< 

** 
414 

Total 

218 

437 

789 

OtSTER     EXTRA  PA  LLIAL     FLUID 


HOLD      LARVAE 
10     MIN 


CONTROL      WATER 
WITH     TREATED     LARV* 


E  XTRAPAL  LI  A  L 
FLUID 


,,.0    b",ebb   LJ»">   Q»'o 

^ '    COUNT     SET 


FOUR     EXPTS 


FIGURE  4.  Setting  of  European  oyster  larvae  in 
response  to  intraspecies  extrapalhal  fluid  adminis- 
tered prior  to  and  during  exposure  to  cultch  shells. 
An  appropriate  ANOVA  analyzed  significance  of 
differences  in  each  of  four  experiments. 

DISCUSSION 

These  experiments  add  evidence  that  oyster  set- 
ting is  initiated  through  action  of  waterborne 
chemicals.  Thus  there  appears  to  be  an  additional 
component  to  the  gregarious  setting  response  not 
generally  recognized  by  the  British  workers. 
However,  the  mechanism  of  action  of  waterborne 
materials  is  obscure,  again  by  reasons  stated 
previously.  The  attractive  option  is  that  water- 
borne  pheromones  present  in  the  vicinity  of  very 
large  concentrations  of  oysters  act  to  draw  larvae 
from  the  plankton  by  modifying  their  photo-  or 
geotaxis.  American  oyster  populations,  in  the 
American  mid-Atlantic  region  at  least,  in  their  un- 
disturbed state  are,  or  were,  concentrated  on  huge 
bars  of  many  acres  surrounded  by  vast  expanses 


of  mud  bottom.  It  would  be  quite  expedient  for 
larvae  to  "recognize"  these  areas,  drop  from  the 
plankton,  and  begin  exploring  the  bottom,  with 
then  at  least  some  chance  of  encountering  a 
favorable  attachment  surface. 

We  have  tried  to  measure  change  in  larval  geo- 
and  phototaxis  by  administering  EPF  under  condi- 
tions of  light  and  dark  in  small-scale  water  col- 
umns. Results  were  interesting  but  inconclusive 
because  of  inadequate  experimental  apparatus. 
Needless  to  say,  it  would  be  very  instructive  to 
demonstrate  positive  geotaxis  or  negative 
phototaxis  which  is  released  by  the  presence  of 
waterborne  chemicals  from  oysters.  Realistic-sized 
experimental  water  columns  with  precise  control 
of  environmental  factors  would  be  a  necessity. 

These  experiments  indicated  considerable  cross 
reactivity  of  EPF  between  Crassostrea  and  Ostrea, 
and  this  suggests  that  chemicals  emitted  from 
oyster  populations  may  modify  recruitment  rates 
in  other  species;  that  is,  act  as  kairomones  as 
described  by  Kittredge  et  al  (1974).  It  is  not  hard 
to  imagine  the  adaptive  value  of  such  evolution; 
predators  may  locate  prey  (Welch,  1930;  Crisp, 
1965);  larvae  of  epifaunal  species  may  detect  a 
substrate  favorable  for  epifauna;  finally  the  most 
intriguing  possibility,  interspecies  setting  re- 
sponses may  be  the  biological  basis  for  the 
establishment  of  many  marine  benthic  com- 
munities. The  British  (Meadows  and  Campbell, 
1972)  appear  to  have  considerable  evidence  for  in- 
terspecies response  for  many  groups  but  tend  to 
dismiss  its  importance  in  favor  of  the  dominant  in- 
traspecies response.  Much  remains  to  be  ac- 
complished in  determining  the  ecological 
significance  of  the  chemical  senses  in  marine 
meroplankton,  but  their  potential  diversity  of 
form  and  function  cannot  be  disputed  at  this 
point. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bayne,  B.  L.  1969.  The  gregarious  behavior  of  the 
larvae  of  Ostrea  edulis  L.  at  settlement.  J.  Mar. 
Biol.  Assoc.  U.K.  49:327-356. 

Cole,  H.  A.  and  E.  W.  Knight-Jones.  1949.  The 
setting  behavior  of  larvae  of  the  European 
oyster,  Ostrea  edulis  L.,  and  its  influence  on 
methods  of  cultivation  and  spat  collection.  Fish. 
Invest.,  Lond.  Ser.  II  17(3):39 pp. 


16 


H.  HIDU,  W.G.  VALLEAU  AND  F.P.  VEITCH 


Crisp,  D.  J.  1965.  Surface  chemistry,  a  factor  in 
the  settlement  of  marine  invertebrate  larvae. 
Botanica  Gothoburgensia  III,  Proc.  of  the  Fifth 
Marine  Biological  Symposium,  Goteburg,  1965, 
pp.  51-65. 

Crisp,  D.J.  1974.  Factors  influencing  the  settle- 
ment of  marine  invertebrate  larvae.  In:  P.  T. 
Grant  and  A.  M.  Mackie  (eds.),  Chemorecep- 
tion  in  Marine  Organisms,  Academic  Press, 
London,  pp.  177-265. 

Hidu,  H.  1969.  Gregarious  setting  in  the  American 
oyster,  Crassostrea  virginica  Gmelin.  Chesa- 
peake Sci.  10(2):85-92. 

Keck,  R.,  D.  Maurer,  C.  Kauer,  and  W.A.  Shep- 
pard.  1970.  Chemical  stimulants  affecting  larval 
settlement  in  the  American  oyster.  Proc.  Nat. 
Shellfish.  Assoc.  61:24-28 

Kittredge,  J.S.,  F.T.  Takahashi,  J.  Lindsey  and  R. 
Lasker.  1974.  Chemical  signals  in  the  sea: 
marine  allelochemics  and  evolution.  Fishery 
Bull.  72(1):1-11. 

Loosanoff,  V.  L.  and  H.  C.  Davis.  1963.  Rearing 
of  bivalve  mollusks.  In:  F.  S.  Russell  (ed.),  Ad- 


vances in  Marine  Biology,  Academic  Press, 
London,  1:1-136. 

Meadows,  P.S.  and  J.  I.  Campbell.  1972.  Habitat 
selection  by  aquatic  invertebrates.  In:  F.S. 
Russel  (ed.),  Advances  in  Marine  Biology, 
Academic  Press,  London,  10:271-382. 

Steel,  R.  G.  D.  and  J.  H.  Torrie.  1960.  Principles 
and  Procedures  of  Statistics.  McGraw-Hill 
Book  Co.,  Inc.  New  York.  481  pp. 

Thorson,  G.  1964.  Light  as  an  ecological  factor  in 
the  dispersal  and  settlement  of  larvae  of  marine 
bottom  invertebrates.  Ophelia  1:167-208. 

Veitch,  F.  P.  and  H.  Hidu.  1971.  Gregarious  set- 
ting in  the  American  oyster,  Crassostrea 
virginica  Gmelin.  I.  Properties  of  a  partially 
purified  "setting  factor".  Chesapeake  Sci. 
12(3):173-178. 

Walne,  P.  R.  1966.  Experiments  in  the  large  scale 
culture  of  the  larvae  of  Ostrea  edulis  L.  Fish.  In- 
vest. Lond.,  Ser.  II  25(4):l-53. 

Welch,  J.  H.  1930.  Reversal  of  phototropism  in  a 
parasitic  water  mite.  Biol.  Bull.  Woods  Hole 
59:165-169. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


SOME  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  OCCURRENCE  OF 
PEARLS  IN  THE  BLUE  MUSSEL, 

MYTILUS  EDULIS  L.' 

Richard  A.  Lutz2  and  Herbert  Hidu 

DEPARTMENT  OF  OCEANOGRAPHY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MAINE 
WALPOLE,  MAINE  04573 

ABSTRACT 

Pearl  incidence  in  raft  and  shore  populations  of  mussels  (Mytilus  edulis  L.)  of 
similar  lengths  was  quantitatively  compared  in  four  separate  experiments  in  the 
Damariscotta  River  and  Boothbay  Harbor,  Maine.  Highly  significant  differences  be- 
tween the  two  population  types  were  found  in  each  of  the  experiments,  with  fewer  and 
smaller  pearls  occurring  in  raft-based  individuals.  A  positive  correlation  was  observed 
between  the  number  of  pearls  in  mussels  of  similar  lengths  sampled  from  each  of  the 
rafted  populations  and  the  amount  of  time  the  rafted  substrate  had  been  in  the  water. 
The  relationship  between  number  of  pearls  per  mussel  and  age  was  qua)itified  for  one 
rafted  and  one  shore  population  of  mussels  in  South  Bristol,  Maine.  No  significant  age- 
independent  differences  were  found  between  the  two  populations  with  regard  to  the 
quantity  of  pearls  present.  Quantification  of  differences  in  pearl  incidence  between 
geographically  isolated  Mytilus  edulis  populations  should  facilitate  correlation  of  the 
presence  and  quantity  of  pearls  with  the  presence  and  abundance  of  the  definitive 
and/or  intermediate  host(s)  of  the  digenetic  trematode  parasite  reputedly  responsible 
for  the  initiation  of  pearl  formation. 

INTRODUCTION  isolated    pearls    from    specimens    of    M.    edulis 

According  to  Giard  (1907),  the  first  documented  sampled  from  certain  areas  along  the  Gaspe'  coast 

account    of    the    presence    of    pearls    in    mussels  of    Canada.     More    recently,     Scattergood    and 

(Mytilus  edulis  L.)  was  given  by  Olaus  Worm  in  Taylor   (1949)   have   reported   pearls   in   various 

1655   upon   examination   of   mussels   taken   near  mussel  populations  along  the  northeast  coast  of 

Copenhagen.    Since   that   time,    various   workers  the  United  States  from  Eastport,  Maine,  to  Cape 

have  commented   on   the   presence   of   pearls   in  Cod,  Massachusetts.  In  all  of  the  studies  above, 

isolated    M.    edulis    populations.    European    in-  considerable  variation  in  both  number  and  size  of 

vestigators  have  reported  pearl-infested  mussels  in  pearls     with     geographical     location     has    been 

a  number  of  localities  along  the  coasts  of  Den-  reported.  Such  variable  incidence  has  resulted  in 

mark,  France,  and  England  (Garner,  1857;  d'Ham-  the  designation  of  distinct  pearl-producing  areas 

onville,  1894;  Dubois,  1901,  1909;  Jameson,  1902;  and  is  of  considerable  biological  interest.  Factors 

Herdman,    1904;    Giard,    1907).    Stafford    (1912)  responsible  for  the  observed  differences  have  been 

the  research  subject  of  several  workers  (Garner, 

'    Contribution   number   110   of    the    Ira   C.    Darling   Center.  1872;   Dubois     1901,    1909;   Jameson,    1902;   Scat- 

Umversity  ot  Maine  at  Orono,  Walpole,  Maine  04573.  ,         ,  . 

■    Present  address:  Department  of  Geology  and  Geophysics,  Yale  tergood  and  1  aylor,  1949). 

University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520  The  independent  studies  of  Garner  (1872)  and 

17 


18 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


Dubois  (1901)  showed  pearl  incidence  in  M.  ednlis 
to  result  from  infection  by  a  parasitic  trematode. 
Jameson  (1902)  described  the  organism  which,  ac- 
cording to  Odhner  (1905),  is  probably  Gytn- 
nophallus  bursicola.  Since  Jameson's  description, 
considerable  work  has  been  done  to  ascertain  the 
life  cycle  of  the  distome  parasite  (Odhner,  1905: 
Nicoll,  1906;  Giard,  1907;  Dubois,  1907a,  b, 
1909).  Thus  far,  the  suggested  life  cycle  involves 
either  the  common  eider  duck,  Somateria 
mollissima,  and/or  the  black  scoter,  Oidemia 
nigra,  as  the  definitive  host(s)  and  the  blue  mussel, 
M.  edulis,  as  the  intermediate  host  (Dubois, 
1907b;  Jameson  and  Nicoll,  1913;  Stunkard  and 
Uzmann,  1958).  Whether  a  second  intermediate 
host  is  required  remains  uncertain  (Nicoll,  1906; 
Dubois,  1909;  Stunkard  and  Uzmann,  1958).  In 
general,  therefore,  the  life  cycle  of  the  trematode  is 
not  well  established  and  attempts  at  further 
unravelling  the  cycle  have  been  frustrated  largely 
because  of  taxonomic  chaos.  This  is  emphasized 
by  the  statement  of  Stunkard  and  Uzmann  (1958, 
p.  298),  "specific  identification  (of  gymnophallids) 
is  so  uncertain  that  we  prefer  to  list  the  worms  by 
host  and  location  rather  than  propose  names  that 
might  further  confuse  the  taxonomic  situation.'' 

During  the  past  century,  various  workers  have 
speculated  on  factors  responsible  for  the  presence 
or  absence  of  pearls  in  various  populations  of 
mussels  (and,  hence,  factors  controlling  the 
distribution  patterns  of  the  trematode  initiating 
pearl  formation).  Of  these,  salinity  has  been  allud- 
ed to  by  two  workers.  Jameson  (1902,  p.  143) 
stated  that  the  "most  favorable  places  (for  pearl 
formation)  seem  to  be  estuaries  or  landlocked 
channels",  while  Dubois  (1909)  observed  that 
pearl-bearing  populations  were  frequently  located 
at  the  mouths  of  rivers.  d'Hamonville  (1894),  stu- 
dying a  bed  of  "rnoulieres  perlieres"  in  Billiers  (a 
borough  in  Brittany,  France  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Vilaine),  could  detect  no  differences  between 
various  environmental  parameters  (sediment,  cur- 
rent velocity,  seaweed  distribution,  and  plankton) 
of  the  pearl-infested  area  and  those  of  an  adjacent 
area  harboring  "rnoulieres  sans  perles".  Lack  of 
contact  of  the  mussel  with  the  sediment  has  been 
suggested  as  contributing  to  reduced  pearl  in- 
cidence by  both  Jameson  (1902)  and  Nicoll  (1906) 
based  on  studies  of  the  creeping  motion  of  the  sup- 


posed cercaria  of  the  gymnophallid  responsible  for 
initiation  of  pearl  formation.  Furthermore, 
Jameson  (1902)  observed  reduced  pearl  incidence 
in  mussels  taken  from  stakes  or  floating  objects, 
although  Dubois  (1909)  found  pearls  within 
Mytilus  galloprovincialis  on  ropes  in  the  ex- 
perimental culture  operations  at  the  University  of 
Lyon.  A  final  factor,  and  one  which  has  received 
only  limited  attention,  is  that  of  age.  d'Hamon- 
ville (1894)  commented  that  pearls  were  only 
found  in  the  largest  and  less  regularly  formed 
mussels  {"celles  qui  sont  le  mains  regulierement 
formees")  at  Billiers,  while  Jameson  (1902)  ob- 
served that  pearls  were  seldom  found  in  mussels 
less  than  40  mm  in  length.  These  stunted  and 
larger  individuals  may  well  have  been  the  older 
members  of  the  population.  Jameson  (1902)  at- 
tributed the  relatively  small  size  of  pearls  in  the 
Billiers  population  to  the  active  mussel  fishery  in 
the  area  which  prevented  individual  mussels  from 
reaching  "a  great  age".  The  effect  of  age  is  sum- 
marized by  Jameson's  (1902,  p.  162)  statement 
that  the  "general  experience  of  everybody  ac- 
quainted with  pearl-fisheries  is  that  the  largest 
pearls  were  found  in  the  oldest  and  thickest  shells, 
which  proves  how  intimately  the  growth  of  pearl 
and  shell  are  associated."  Despite  this  realization, 
no  workers  have  attempted  to  quantify  the  rela- 
tionship between  the  presence  of  pearls  and  age. 
Furthermore,  it  has  never  been  demonstrated  that 
age-independent  differences  exist  between  various 
populations  with  regard  to  the  size  and  quantities 
of  pearls  present.  The  lack  of  such  quantitative 
data  in  these  studies  renders  conclusions  concern- 
ing factors  responsible  for  the  presence  or  absence 
of  pearls  highly  speculative.  It  is  the  purpose  of 
this  study  to  compare  quantitatively  the  size  and 
number  of  pearls  in  rafted  and  shore-based  M. 
edulis  populations  and  to  establish  if  age- 
independent  differences  actually  exist  between 
these  two  population  types. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Preliminary  Studies 

1.  Pearl  Removal  and  Sorting 

Throughout  the  following  studies,  pearls  were 
removed  from  individual  mussels  using  the 
following  modification  of  the  potassium  hydrox- 
ide   technique    employed    by    Scattergood    and 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


19 


Taylor  (1949).  The  soft  tissues  of  each  mussel  were 
carefully  removed  from  the  shell  and  placed  in  a 
5%  solution  of  boiling  KOH  for  a  period  of  10 
min.  This  resulted  in  complete  maceration  of  the 
tissues.  The  solution  was  diluted  with  water  and 
carefully  decanted,  leaving  the  pearl-containing 
residue  at  the  bottom.  The  residue  was  then 
poured  through  a  specially  constructed  set  of 
sieves  which  was  rotated  and  gently  shaken  under 
running  water  for  a  period  of  3  min.  This  resulted 
in  the  separation  of  pearls  into  one  of  the  follow- 
ing six  size  categories  (in  microns): 

(A)  >  1050  (D)  308-471 

(B)  602-1050  (E)  153-308 

(C)  471-602  (F)  102-153 
The  total  number  of  pearls  per  size  category  was 
determined  by  examination  of  individual  sieves 
under  a  dissecting  scope.  The  selection  of  the 
smallest  mesh  (102  ^m)  was  based  on  two  con- 
siderations. First,  the  smallest  diameter  recorded 
for  486  pearls  from  10  mussels  was  120  pm. 
Secondly,  no  pearls  were  found  on  a  50  ^m  screen 
attached  to  the  bottom  of  the  sieve  set  during 
analyses  of  165  mussels  which  contained  a  total  of 
1574  pearls. 

2.  Homogeneity  of  Shore  Population 
A  preliminary  study  was  undertaken  in  Clark 
Cove  on  the  Damariscotta  River  in  Lincoln  Coun- 
ty, Maine,  to  determine  the  variability  in  the 
number  of  pearls  per  mussel  and  to  test  the 
homogeneity  of  a  shore  population  with  regard  to 
pearl  incidence.  Five  stations  with  dimensions  of  1 
m2  were  established  at  the  mean  low  water  level 
(MLW)  over  a  distance  of  100  m,  with  25  m  be- 
tween stations.  Eleven  mussels  were  gathered  from 
each  station,  sampling  only  those  with  lengths  be- 
tween 63.5  and  76.2  mm  (2V2  -3").  These  were 
considered  representative  of  the  size  mussels  nor- 
mally gathered  commercially.  Numbers  of  pearls 
were  determined  for  individual  mussels  and  the 
results  subjected  to  a  one-way  classification 
ANOVA. 

Shore  vs  Raft 

Pearl  incidence  in  raft  and  shore  populations  of 
mussels  of  similar  lengths  was  quantitatively  com- 
pared in  four  experiments  in  the  Damariscotta 
River  and  Boothbay  Harbor,  Maine.  Shell  lengths 
of  specimens  sampled  from  the  two  population 
types  in  Experiments  #1  -  #3  were  restricted  to  the 


size  range  63.5  -  76.2  mm.  Lack  of  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  rafted  mussels  with  lengths  greater 
than  63.5  mm  in  Experiment  #4  necessitated  the 
use  of  a  smaller  size  range  (50.1  -  63.5  mm)  for 
adequate  comparison  of  the  two  populations. 
1.  Experiment  #1:  Clark  Cove  Raft  (31 2  years) 

Specimens  of  M.  edulis  obtained  from  a  raft  left 
in  the  water  approximately  31 -2  years  (June,  1968  - 
December  17,  1971)  were  quantitatively  compared 
with  shore  specimens  of  similar  lengths  with 
regard  to  the  size  and  number  of  pearls  present  in 
the  soft  tissues.  The  raft,  which  was  located  in  the 
Darmariscotta  River  (Clark  Cove),  is  depicted  in 
Figure  1.  A  site  with  dimensions  corresponding  to 
those  of  the  raft  was  chosen  on  the  shore  at  MLW 
within  50  m  of  the  raft.  The  shore  site  and  the 
underside  of  the  raft  were  divided  into  five  sta- 
tions (Figure  1).  The  vertical  distance  between  the 
intertidal  and  subtidal  shore  stations  was  less  than 
0.2  m.  On  December  7,  1971,  11  mussels  were 
gathered  from  each  station.  The  total  number  of 
pearls  in  each  size  category  was  determined  for  in- 
dividual mussels  and  these  numbers  combined  to 
arrive  at  station  and  location  (shore  and  raft) 
totals.  Prior  to  statistical  analysis,  a  logarithmic 
transformation  [log  (x  +  1)]  (Steele  and  Torrie, 
1960)  was  applied  to  all  data  since  the  variance 
was  found  to  be  approximately  proportional  to 
the  square  of  the  mean.  Nested  analyses  of 
variance  (mussels  within  stations,  within  loca- 
tions) were  run  on  the  transformed  values. 
2.  Experiment  #2:  Boothbay  Harbor  Raft  (5  years) 

Pearl  incidence  in  mussels  obtained  from  a  raft 
left  in  the  water  for  approximately  5  years  was 
quantitatively  compared  with  that  in  mussels  of 
similar  lengths  sampled  from  an  adjacent  shore 
population.  As  in  Experiment  #1,  a  one-way 
hierarchial  classification  (mussels  within  stations, 
within  locations)  served  as  the  experimental 
design  for  the  following  study.  The  raft,  which 
had  been  in  the  water  of  Boothbay  Harbor  since 
July,  1967,  consisted  of  a  floating  wooden  bumper 
approximately  13  m  in  length.  Five  stations  with 
dimensions  of  1  x  0.75  m  were  selected  on  the 
underside  of  the  raft.  Each  station  was  separated 
from  the  adjacent  one  by  approximately  2  m  and 
numbered  consecutively  R4A  -  R4E.  The  depth  of 
water  under  the  raft  at  mean  low  water  varied 
from  approximately  1  m  at  the  inshore  station 


20 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


3  m 


EXPERIMENTAL  RAFT 


MLW 


INTERTIDAL 


SHORE   SAMPLE   PLOT 

FIGURE  1.  Raft  and  shore  stations  (Clark  Cove,  Damariscotta  River,  Maine)  for  Experiment  §1.  MLW 
mean  low  water  level. 


(R4E)  to  7  m  at  the  offshore  station  (R4A). 
Similarly,  five  stations  with  dimensions  of  1  x  0.75 
were  located  on  a  mussel  bed  at  MLW  on  the  adja- 
cent shore.  Again,  the  stations  were  spaced  at  in- 
tervals of  approximately  2  m.  On  August  4,  1972, 
11  mussels  were  gathered  from  each  of  the  10  sta- 
tions. The  total  number  of  pearls  in  each  size 
category  was  determined  for  individual  mussels 
and  the  numbers  combined  to  arrive  at  station  and 
location  (shore  and  raft)  totals.  The  data  were 
transformed  [log  (x  +  1)]  and  the  two  populations 
compared  using  nested  analyses  of  variance. 
3.  Experiment  #3:  Manila  Rope  (21  months) 

A  5/8"  diameter  Manila  rope  (2  m  in  length) 
was  hung  from  a  floating  dock  in  Clark  Cove  in 
May,  1971.  On  January  4,  1973,  a  0.5  m  section  of 
the  rope,  suspended  1  m  beneath  the  dock,  was 


stripped  of  all  attached  mussels.  Of  these,  55 
specimens,  varying  in  length  from  63.5  -  76.2  mm, 
were  sampled  and  subjected  to  the  potassium 
hydroxide  treatment.  The  total  number  of  pearls 
in  each  size  category  was  determined  for  the  in- 
dividual mussels.  Through  calculation  of  Stu- 
dent's t  values,  the  transformed  [log  (x  +  1)]  data 
were  compared  with  the  transformed  values  for 
the  55  mussels  from  the  adjacent  shore  population 
described  in  Experiment  #1. 
4.  Experiment  #4:  Asbestos  Panel  (7 months) 

An  asbestos  panel  measuring  approximately  0.3 
m:  was  placed  at  a  depth  of  1  m  beneath  a  floating 
dock  on  the  Damariscotta  River  (Wentworth 
Point)  in  May,  1972.  On  December  2,  1972,  55 
mussels  (from  natural  larval  settlement)  were 
removed   from   the  panel   and  an   additional   55 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


21 


specimens  sampled  from  an  adjacent  shore 
population  at  MLW.  The  total  number  of  pearls  in 
each  size  category  was  determined  for  each 
specimen  and  the  transformed  (log  (x+1)]  values 
for  both  populations  compared  through  calcula- 
tion of  Student's  t  values. 
Comparison  of  Rafted  Environments 

Transformed  [log  (x+1)]  pearl  counts  from 
mussels  sampled  from  each  of  the  rafted  en- 
vironments assessed  in  the  preceding  four  ex- 
periments were  quantitatively  compared.  Seven 
separate  analyses  of  variance  were  run  comparing 
totals  per  mussel  and  totals  for  each  of  the  six  size 
categories.  For  analyses  indicating  a  difference 
among  a  set  of  population  means,  Tukey's  w- 
procedure  was  used  to  judge  the  significance  of 
differences  between  the  individual  population 
means  within  the  set.  This  test  is  more  conser- 
vative than  Duncan's  multiple  range  test  as  the  en- 
tire experiment  is  the  unit  used  in  stating  the 
number  of  errors  of  the  type  where  an  observed 
difference  is  falsely  declared  to  be  significant.  The 
test  criterion  is 

w  =q.05(p.n2)(sr) 
where  q.os  is  a  tabulated  value  (Steele  and  Torrie, 
1960,  p.  445)  for  p  treatments  and  n2  degrees  of 
freedom  and  sr  is  estimated  from  the  error  mean 
square,  w  is  used  to  judge  the  significance  at  the 
0.05  level  of  each  of  the  observed  differences  (Steel 
and  Torrie,  1960). 

Shore  vs  Raft  (Age-Independent  Studies) 
1.  Transplantation 

Pearl  incidence  in  mussels  left  in  a  rafted  en- 
vironment for  14  months  was  quantitatively  com- 
pared with  that  in  mussels  left  on  an  adjacent 
shore  for  the  same  period  of  time.  On  October  19, 
1972,  250  mussels  with  lengths  varying  from  13.0  - 
17.0  mm  were  gathered  from  the  underside  of  the 


1  Engle  and  Loosanoff  (1944)  found  the  season  of  setting  of 
mussels  in  Milford,  Connecticut,  to  be  of  comparatively  short 
duration,  extending  from  the  early  part  or  middle  of  June  to  the 
middle  or  end  of  August.  Plankton  samples  of  McAlice  et  al. 
(unpublished  data)  suggest  that  the  vast  majority  of  M.  edulis 
larvae  within  the  Damariscotta  River  are  present  between  the 
months  of  May  and  September.  It  follows  that  the  greatest  pro- 
portion of  larval  settlement  in  this  estuary  should  be  restricted 
to  these  warmer  months.  In  light  of  these  considerations,  the 
majority  of  mussels  from  the  two  sampled  populations  are  ex- 
pected to  be  restricted  to  summer  year  classes.  Age  estimates  in 
this  study  are.  therefore,  generally  considered  accurate  to 
within  1  year. 


raft  described  earlier  in  Experiment  #1.  These  were 
individually  notched  for  subsequent  identifica- 
tion. Twenty-five  individuals  were  placed  in  each 
of  the  10  sections  (20  cm  long)  of  cylindrical  5  mm 
VEXAR  plastic  netting  with  a  layflat  diameter  of 
10  cm.  Five  sections  were  hung  from  a  raft  off 
Wentworth  Point  at  a  depth  of  0.5  m  below  the 
surface.  The  remaining  five  stations  were  placed  in 
contact  with  sediment  at  the  mean  low  water  level 
on  the  shore  within  50  m  of  the  raft.  On  December 
19,  1973,  65  of  the  original  125  mussels  were 
recovered  from  the  shore  station  and  all  125 
mussels  from  the  raft.  The  pearls  were  removed 
from  65  of  the  125  rafted  specimens  and  all  of  the 
shore  mussels.  These  were  separated  into  size 
categories  as  previously  described.  Pearl  counts 
from  the  two  populations  were  quantitatively 
compared. 

2.  Regression  of  Pearls  on  Age 

The  regression  of  the  number  of  pearls  per 
mussel  on  age  for  a  rafted  M.  edulis  population 
was  quantitatively  compared  with  a  similar 
regression  for  an  adjacent  shore  population.  On 
July  26,  1973,  85  mussels  of  25  -  96  mm  length 
were  sampled  from  a  raft  placed  in  the  water  at 
South  Bristol,  Maine  in  June,  1964.  Similarly,  102 
mussels  varying  in  length  from  approximately  19- 
92  mm  were  gathered  on  the  same  date  from  an 
adjacent  shore  population.  The  pearls  were 
removed  as  described  earlier  and  the  total  number 
per  individual  recorded.  One  shell  valve  of  each 
specimen  was  embedded  in  epoxy  and 
longitudinally  sectioned  along  the  antero- 
posterior axis.  The  exposed  shell  surfaces  were 
polished  and  etched  and  acetate  peels  prepared  for 
examination  with  both  compound  and  dissecting 
microscopes.  Age  estimates  were  based  on  counts 
of  annual  growth  patterns  within  the  inner  shell 
layer  [See  Lutz  (1976)  for  a  detailed  description  of 
annual  growth  patterns  within  the  shell  of  both 
shore  and  raft-based  specimens].1  Occasional  sub- 
jectivity associated  with  the  counting  of  lines  may 
somewhat  reduce  the  accuracy  of  age  estimates  for 
certain  specimens.  Such  subjectivity,  however,  is 
expected  to  be  equal  for  both  populations  and 
should  have  little  effect  on  the  interpretation  of 
differences  between  the  two.  As  the  variance  of 
pearl  counts  for  individual  year  classes  was  found 
positively  correlated  with  the  mean,  actual  counts 


22 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


were  logarithmically  transformed  [log  (x  +  1)1 
(Steel  and  Torrie,  1960).  A  regression  of  trans- 
formed pearl  counts  on  age  was  run  for  each 
population,  using  a  total  of  78  rafted  and  82  shore 
specimens.  Five  of  the  original  85  rafted  mussels 
and  seven  of  the  original  102  shore  specimens  were 
discarded  because  of  poorly  preserved  peels  or 
suspected  subjectivity  associated  with  the  count- 
ing of  lines.  Two  1-year-old  rafted  and  13  shore 
specimens  ranging  in  age  from  10  -  16  years  were 
also  excluded  because  of  the  lack  of  corresponding 
age  classes  in  the  other  population.  Differences  in 
slope  and  elevation  between  the  two  regression 
lines  were  assessed  using  an  analysis  of  covariance 
(Steel  and  Torrie,  1960;  Sokal  and  Rohlf,  1969). 

RESULTS 

Preliminary  Studies 

The  Clark  Cove  shore  population  (at  MLW) 
was  found  to  be  relatively  homogeneous  with 
regard  to  the  quantity  of  pearls  present  in  the  soft 
tissues.  Table  1  shows  the  results  of  the  ANOVA, 
with  the  null  hypothesis  that  no  difference  exists 
between  station  means  other  than  that  due  to 
chance.  The  null  hypothesis  was  accepted,  sug- 
gesting that  a  sampling  site  at  MLW  could  be 
located  randomly  at  any  point  along  the  100  m 
stretch  with  confidence  of  obtaining  a  represen- 
tative sample  of  the  population. 
Shore  vs  Raft 

Highly  significant  differences  in  pearl  incidence 
were  found  between  rafted  and  shore-based 
populations  of  mussels.  In  each  of  the  four  ex- 
periments, rafted  individuals  contained  fewer  and 
smaller  pearls  than  mussels  of  similar  length  ob- 
tained at  MLW  from  an  adjacent  shore  popula- 
tion. 

1.  Experiment  #1:  Clark  Cove  Raft  (31 2  years) 

Specimens  of  M.  edulis  obtained  from  the  raft 
left  in  the  water  for  approximately  31 2  years  con- 
tained significantly  fewer  pearls  than  specimens  of 
similar  length  obtained  from  an  adjacent  shore 
population  (Table  2).  The  nested  ANOVA  in- 
dicates a  highly  significant  difference  (F  =188.83) 
between  the  raft  population  mean  (2.2  pearls  per 
mussel)  and  that  of  the  adjacent  shore  population 
(14.3  pearls  per  mussel).  The  null  hypothesis  of  no 
significant  difference  between  stations  means  was 
accepted. 


TABLE  1.  Total  pearl  counts  and  analysis  of  vari- 
ance for  mussels  sampled  from  each  of  five  sta- 
tions at  the  mean  low  water  level  in  Clark  Cove, 
Damariscotta  River,  Maine. 


Station 

Specimen 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

1 

3 

14 

2 

2 

0 

2 

22 

2 

4 

12 

29 

3 

35 

8 

9 

0 

6 

4 

7 

61 

8 

10 

2 

5 

5 

18 

6 

3 

68 

6 

2 

11 

2 

1 

18 

7 

2 

0 

6 

2 

6 

8 

11 

9 

8 

16 

29 

9 

4 

10 

14 

4 

1 

10 

86 

6 

29 

9 

5 

11 

13 

6 

0 

13 

5 

Total 

190 

145 

88 

72 

169 

Mean 

17.3 

13.2 

8.0 

6.6 

15.4 

Source  of 

Variation 

df 

SS 

MS 

F 

Among  stations 

4 

948. 9C 

)    237.20  0.84  n.s. 

Within  stations 

50 

14957.11 

282.06 

Total 

54 

15906.01 

In  addition,  pearls  found  in  the  rafted  mussels 
were  significantly  smaller  than  those  obtained 
from  the  examined  shore  specimens.  Results  of  the 
six  separate  analyses  of  variance  (Table  3)  il- 
lustrate that  the  shore  population  mean  number  of 
pearls  in  any  size  category  is  significantly  greater 
at  the  0.01  level  than  the  mean  for  the  raft  popula- 
tion in  any  corresponding  size  category.  Further- 
more, no  pearl  was  found  in  this  study  with  a 
diameter  greater  than  1  mm  in  any  raft-based  in- 
dividual. No  significant  differences  between  sta- 
tion means  (experimental  error)  were  shown  in 
any  of  the  size  category  analyses. 
2.  Experiment  §2:  Boothbay  Harbor  Raft  (5  years) 

Pearl  incidence  in  mussels  obtained  from  the 
raft  left  in  the  water  for  approximately  5  years  was 
significantly  lower  than  that  in  specimens  of 
similar  length  from  the  adjacent  shore  population 
(Table  4).  The  null  hypothesis  (for  the  nested 
ANOVA)  of  no  significant  difference  between 
locations  (shore  and  raft)  was  rejected,  with  the 
shore  population  mean  (27.7  pearls  per  mussel) 
considerably  greater  than  the  mean  of  the  rafted 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


23 


TABLE  2.  Total  pearl  counts  and  analysis  of  variance  for  raft  and  shore  mussels  in  the  Damariscotta 
River  (Clark  Cove)." 


Raft" 

Station 

Shorec 

Specimen 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

1 

1 

3 

0 

0 

0 

28 

2 

26 

15 

13 

2 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

11 

70 

7 

12 

9 

3 

12 

0 

1 

3 

0 

46 

13 

11 

3 

2 

4 

1 

0 

2 

18 

0 

8 

39 

5 

8 

2 

5 

8 

5 

0 

2 

10 

14 

1 

10 

38 

12 

6 

2 

0 

9 

2 

1 

5 

8 

0 

2 

1 

7 

1 

0 

0 

1 

5 

7 

3 

4 

17 

42 

8 

1 

7 

1 

0 

7 

15 

0 

14 

6 

10 

9 

0 

0 

3 

0 

5 

19 

3 

67 

5 

16 

10 

3 

1 

3 

0 

0 

14 

5 

5 

0 

59 

11 

0 

2 

0 

0 

2 

3 

7 

6 

16 

4 

Total 

29 

19 

10 

26 

31 

170 

L69 

155 

122 

170 

Raft 

mean  = 

2.25 

Shore  mean  = 

14.29 

Source  of  Variation 

df 

SS 

MS 

F 

Among  stations 

9 

11.78 

1.31 

Locations 

1 

11.33 

11.33 

L88.83** 

Among  stations  w 

ithin  li 

jcations 

8 

0.45 

0.0b 

0.38  n.s. 

(experimental 

error 

Among  mussels  w 

thin  stations 

100 

16.33 

0.16 

(sampling  error) 

Total 

109 

28.11 

"The  results  of  the  analysis  of  variance  are  based  on  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 
'Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  raft  left  in  the  water  approximately  31 2  years  (June,  1°68 
December  17,  1971). 

'Shore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
*  indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


TABLE  3.  Analyses  of  variance  for  individual  size  category  pearl  counts  from  raff  and  shoreb  mussels  in 
the  Damariscotta  River  (Clark  Cove).' 


Size 

Transformed 

F 

F 

category 

Population 

mean 

Locations 

Experimental  error 

>1050  Mm 

Raft 
Shore 

0 
0.0199 

28.9043*' 

1.1605  n.s. 

602-1050  nm 

Raft 
Shore 

0.0748 
0.3184 

25.8653** 

1.1090  n.s. 

471-602  um 

Raft 
Shore 

0.0455 
0.2686 

21.8546** 

1.2108  n.s. 

308-471  um 

Raft 
Shore 

0.1122 
0.4439 

53.9982** 

0.6080  n.s. 

153-308  Mm 

Raft 
Shore 

0.1680 
0.6293 

239.8483** 

0.2161  n.s. 

24 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


102-153  Mm 


Raft 
Shore 


0.0917 
0.2692 


13.9485** 


0.9227  n.s. 


"Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  raft  left  in  the  water  approximately  3V2  years  (June,  1968- 
Decemberl7,  1971). 

fcShore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
'The  results  of  the  analyses  of  variance  are  based  on  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 
"Indicates  significance  at  0.01  level 


TABLE  4.  Total  pearl  counts  and  analysis  of  variance  for  raff  and  shoreb  mussels  in  Boothbay  Harbor, 
Maine'. 


Station 


Specimen 


Raft" 
C 


D 


Shore" 
C 


D 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Total 


1 
2 
4 
1 
2 
1 
1 
0 
0 
0 
3 
15 


0 
0 
0 

12 
0 
0 

49 
0 
0 
0 
1 

62 


2 

0 

0 

0 

144 

0 

12 

2 

1 

20 

1_ 

182 


1 
97 
1 
0 
5 
1 
0 
0 
0 

1 
!_ 

107 


0 
2 
0 
0 
0 
4 
4 
0 
0 
1 
0 
11 


1 

75 

47 

16 

24 

12 

61 

4 

30 

0 

98 

5 

75 

5 

108 

1 

43 

15 

7 

9 

6 

18 

27 

13 

10 

25 

26 

35 

12 

8 

6 

13 

7 

4 

61 

4 

63 

7 

18 

1 

13 

20 

24 

7 

10 

64 

q 

5 

7 

27 

95 

57 

45 

75 

67 

325 


390 


291 


194 


325 


Source  of  Variation 


Raft  mean  =  6.85 


df 


Shore  mean  =  27.72 
SS  MS  F 


Among  stations 

Locations 

Among  stations  within  locations 

(experimental  error) 
Among  mussels  within  stations 

(sampling  error) 
Total 


9 

22.9170 

2.5463 

1 

21.3044 

21.3044 

105.6765** 

8 

1.6126 

0.2016 

0.8096  n.s 

100 


109 


24.8980 


47.8150 


0.2490 


"Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  raft  left  in  the  water  approximately  5  years  (July,  1967  -  August 
4,  1972). 

"Shore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
'The  results  of  the  analysis  of  variance  are  based  on  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 
"Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


population  (6.8  pearls  per  mussel).  The  raft 
population,  however,  was  extremely  variable  and, 
occasionally,  individuals  were  found  with 
numerous  pearls  (as  many  as  144).  No  significant 


difference  between  station  means   (experimental 
error)  was  shown  in  this  experiment. 

In   addition,    the   average   pearl    diameter   en- 
countered in  rafted  specimens  was  considerably 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


25 


smaller  than  that  encountered  in  shore-based  in- 
dividuals. As  in  Experiment  #1,  highly  significant 
differences  were  found  in  each  of  the  six  separate 
analyses  of  variance  (Table  5),  indicating  that  the 
shore  population  mean  number  of  pearls  in  any 
size  category  is  significantly  greater  than  the  mean 
number  for  the  raft  population  in  any  correspond- 
ing size  category.  No  significant  difference  be- 
tween station  means  (experimental  error)  was 
show  in  any  of  the  size  category  analyses.  Only 
one  pearl  was  found  with  a  diameter  greater  than 
1  mm. 
3.  Experiment  #3:  Manila  Rope  (21  months) 

The  total  numbers  of  pearls  in  individual 
mussels  from  the  rope  left  in  Clark  Cove  for  ap- 
proximately 21  months  are  shown  in  Table  6.  The 
calculated  Student's  t  indicates  a  highly  significant 
difference  between  the  two  population  (rope  and 
adjacent  shore)  means,  with  the  shore  population 
mean  number  of  pearls  (14.3)  per  individual  con- 
siderably greater  than  that  of  the  rope  population 
(mean  =  0.3  pearls  per  mussel). 

Highly  significant  differences  in  pearl  size  were 
also  found  between  the  two  populations.  The  ac- 
tual and  transformed  population  means,  standard 


deviations  of  the  transformed  means,  and  Stu- 
dent's t  values  calculated  from  the  transformed 
data  are  summarized  in  Table  7  for  each  of  the  six 
categories.  The  shore  population  mean  number  of 
pearls  in  any  size  category  was  found  to  be 
significantly  greater  (at  the  0.01  level)  than  the  raft 
population  mean  for  any  corresponding  size 
category.  No  pearls  were  found  with  a  diameter 
greater  than  1  mm  in  any  of  the  mussels  examined 
from  the  rope. 
4.  Experiment  #4:  Asbestos  Panel  (7  months) 

Mussels  obtained  from  the  asbestos  panel  left 
off  Wentworth  Point  for  7  months  were  found  to 
be  relatively  pearl-free  in  comparison  with 
specimens  of  similar  length  sampled  from  the  adja- 
cent shore  population  (Table  8).  The  actual  and 
transformed  means,  standard  deviations  of  the 
transformed  means,  and  Student's  t  comparing  the 
two  population  means  (based  on  transformed 
data)  are  given  in  Table  8.  The  shore  population 
mean  (7.5  pearls  per  mussel)  was  found  to  be 
significantly  greater  (at  the  0.01  level)  than  the 
mean  of  the  asbestos  panel  population  (0.1  pearl 
per  mussel). 

As    in    Experiment    #3,    highly   significant   dif- 


TABLE  5.  Analyses  of  variance  for  individual  size  category  pearl  counts  from  raff  and  shoreb  mussels 
in  Boothbay  Harbor. ' 


Size 
category 


Population 


Transformed 
mean 


Locations  Experimental  error 


>1050um 
602-1050  um 
471-602  Mm 
308-471  nm 
153-308  um 
102-153  Mm 


"Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  raft  left  in  the  water  approximately  5  years  (July,  1967  -  August 
4,  1972). 

'Shore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
cThe  results  of  the  analysis  of  variance  are  based  on  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 
'"Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


Raft 

0.0055 

Shore 

0.1578 

19.2810** 

0.7291  n.s. 

Raft 

0.0274 

Shore 

0.3401 

34.2510** 

1.1684  n.s. 

Raft 

0.0930 

Shore 

0.3665 

26.8486** 

0.9087  n.s. 

Raft 

0.1340 

Shore 

0.5989 

59.5426** 

0.5977  n.s. 

Raft 

0.2064 

Shore 

0.8966 

44.9931** 

1.4177n.s. 

Raft 

0.1212 

Shore 

0.4801 

31.1176** 

0.8762  n.s. 

26 


R.A.LUTZANDH.HIDU 


TABLE  b.  Total  pair!  counts  front  rafted  mussels  and  results  of  Student's  t  test  comparing  these  counts 
with  counts  from  shore  specimens." 


Specimen 

Pearl 

s      Specimen 

Pearls 

Specimen     Pearls 

Specimen 

Pearls 

Specimen 

Pearls 

1 

0 

12 

0 

23 

1 

34 

0 

45 

1 

2 

0 

13 

4 

24 

0 

35 

0 

46 

0 

3 

0 

14 

0 

25 

0 

36 

0 

47 

0 

4 

1 

15 

0 

26 

0 

37 

0 

48 

0 

5 

2 

16 

0 

27 

0 

38 

0 

49 

1 

6 

0 

17 

0 

28 

2 

39 

0 

50 

0 

7 

0 

18 

0 

29 

0 

40 

0 

51 

0 

8 

0 

19 

2 

30 

0 

41 

0 

52 

0 

9 

1 

20 

0 

31 

0 

42 

0 

53 

0 

10 

0 

21 

0 

32 

1 

43 

0 

54 

0 

11 

0 

22 

0 

33 

0 

44 

1 

55 

0 

Actual 

Transformed 

Std. 

Computed 

Population 

mean 

mean 

dev. 

t 

Raff 

0.31 

0.0770 

0.1655 

Shore' 

14.29 

0.9824 

0.4238 

14.7700* 

* 

"Student's  t  values  were  calculated  using  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 

''Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  5/8"  Manila  rope  suspended  from  a  floating  dock  in  the  Damar- 

iscotta  River  (Clark  Cove)  for  approximately  21  months  (May,  1971  -  January  4,  1973) . 
cShore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
*  indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level 


TABLE  7.  Student's 

t  test  results  for 

individual  size 

catego 

ry  pearl  counts 

from  raft  and 

shore  mussels  in 

the  Damariscotta  River  (Clark  Cove) 

,° 

Size 

Actual 

Transformed 

Std. 

Computed 

category 

Population 

mean 

mean 

dev. 

t 

>1050  urn 

Raft* 

0 

0 

0 

Shore- 

0.93 

0.1988 

0.2560 

5.7620** 

602-1050  ^m 

Raft 

0.04 

0.0109 

0.0568 

Shore 

1.65 

0.3184 

0.2935 

7.6303** 

471-602  ^m 

Raft 

0 

0 

0 

Shore 

1.45 

0.2686 

0.2966 

6.7150** 

308-471  um 

Raft 

0.07 

0.0164 

0.0901 

Shore 

3.13 

0.4438 

0.3689 

8.3477** 

153-308  um 

Raft 

0.18 

0.0524 

0.1218 

Shore 

5.44 

0.6293 

0.3868 

10.5466** 

102-153  Mm 

Raft 

0.02 

0.0055 

0.0406 

Shore 

1.49 

0.2692 

0.3016 

6.4317** 

"Student's  t  values  were  calculated  using  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 

''Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  a  5/8"  Manila  rope  suspended  from  a  floating  dock  in  the  Damari- 
scotta River  (Clark  Cove)  for  approximately  21  months  (May,  1971  -  January  4,  1973). 
'Shore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
** Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL  27 

TABLE  8.  Total  pearl  counts  and  analysis  of  variance  for  raft  "  and  shoreb  mussels  in  the  Damariscotta 
River  (Wentworth  Point).' 

Asbestos  Panel  Shore 

Specimen     Pearls  Specimen     Pearls  Specimen     Pearls  Specimen     Pearls 


1 

0 

28 

0 

2 

0 

29 

0 

3 

0 

30 

0 

4 

1 

31 

0 

5 

0 

32 

0 

6 

0 

33 

0 

7 

0 

34 

1 

8 

0 

35 

1 

9 

0 

36 

0 

10 

0 

37 

0 

11 

0 

38 

0 

12 

0 

39 

0 

13 

0 

40 

0 

14 

0 

41 

0 

15 

0 

42 

0 

16 

0 

43 

0 

17 

0 

44 

0 

18 

0 

45 

0 

19 

1 

46 

0 

20 

0 

47 

0 

21 

0 

48 

0 

22 

0 

49 

0 

23 

0 

50 

1 

24 

0 

51 

0 

25 

0 

52 

0 

26 

0 

53 

0 

27 

0 

54 

0 

55 

0 

Actual 

Population 

mean 

Raft 

0.09 

Shore 

7.51 

1 

3 

28 

1 

2 

0 

29 

0 

3 

3 

30 

85 

4 

1 

31 

9 

5 

2 

32 

1 

6 

3 

33 

5 

7 

10 

34 

5 

8 

9 

35 

7 

9 

4 

36 

11 

10 

2 

37 

6 

11 

1 

38 

12 

12 

2 

30 

23 

13 

2 

40 

3 

14 

1 

41 

13 

15 

3 

42 

4 

16 

2 

43 

7 

17 

3 

44 

2 

18 

1 

45 

4 

19 

1 

46 

0 

20 

o 

47 

6 

21 

14 

48 

4 

22 

7 

49 

1 

23 

2 

50 

4 

24 

27 

51 

2 

25 

8 

52 

9 

26 

23 

53 

7 

27 

10 

54 

16 

55 

7 

Std. 

Computed 

dev. 

t 

0.087 

0.374 

13.822** 

Transformed 
mean 
0.027 
0.743 

°  Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  an  asbestos  panel  suspended  at  a  depth  of  1  m  beneath  a  floating  dock 
for  approximately  7  months  (May-  December  2,  1972). 

6  Shore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 

'  The  results  of  the  analysis  of  variance  are  based  on  transformed  [log(x  +  1)]  pearl  counts. 

* 'Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 

ferences  in  pearl  size  were  also  found  between  the  calculated  from  the  transformed  data  are  sum- 
two  population  types  (rafted  and  shore).  The  ac-  marized  in  Table  9.  The  shore  population  mean 
tual  and  transformed  means,  standard  deviations  number  of  pearls  in  any  size  category  was  found 
of  the  transformed  means,  and  Student's  t  values  to  be  significantly  greater  (at  the  0.01  level)  than 


28 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


the  asbestos  panel  population  mean.  No  pearls 
were  found  with  a  diameter  greater  than  471  fim 
in  any  of  the  mussels  sampled  from  the  asbestos 
panel. 


Comparison  of  Rafted  Environments 

A  positive  correlation  was  observed  between 
the  number  of  pearls  in  mussels  sampled  from 
each  of  the  rafted  populations  in  Experiments  #1  - 


TABLE  9.  Student's  t  test  results  for  individual  size  category  pearl  counts  from  raft  and  shore  specimens 
in  the  Damariscotta  River  (Wentworth  Point)." 


Size 

Actual 

Transformed 

Std. 

Computed 

category 

Population 

mean 

mean 

dev. 

t 

>1050fjm 

Raft" 

0 

0 

0 

Shoref 

0.66 

0.1426 

0.2231 

4.7375** 

602-1050  Mm 

Raft 

0 

0 

0 

Shore 

0.71 

0.1765 

0.2130 

6.1498** 

471-602  Mm 

Raft 

0 

0 

0 

Shore 

0.64 

0.1560 

0.2140 

5.3979** 

308-471  Mm 

Raft 

0.02 

0.0055 

0.0406 

Shore 

1.38 

0.2746 

0.2892 

6.9000** 

153-308  Mm 

Raft 

0.07 

0.0219 

0.0789 

Shore 

3.09 

0.3848 

0.3648 

7.3760** 

102-153  Mm 

Raft 

0 

0 

0 

Shore 

1.05 

0.1861 

0.2818 

4.8974** 

"Student's  t  values  were  calculated  using  transformed  [log(x  +  1 )]  pearl  counts. 

"Rafted  specimens  were  obtained  from  an  asbestos  panel  suspended  at  a  depth  of  1  m  beneath  a  float- 
ing dock  for  approximately  7  months  (May-December  2,  1972). 
cShore  specimens  were  gathered  at  the  mean  low  water  level  within  50  m  of  the  raft. 
* 'Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


TABLE  10.  Analyses  of  variance  and  results  of  Tukey's  w-procedures  for  total  and  individual  size  cate- 
gory pearl  counts." 


Source  of  Variation 


Total  Number  of  Pearls 
df 


SS 


MS 


Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 

Total 


3 
216 


4.7677 
22.8338 


1.5892 
0.1057 


219  27.6015 

w  =  q  05(4,216)sr  =  3.63(0.0438)  =  0.0438 

Raft  Rl"  R2<  R3"  R4< 


Mean 


0.0274 


0.0770 


0.3402 


0.3487 


15.0353* 


Source  of  variation 


Size  category  >1050  Mm 
df 


SS 


MS 


Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 


3 
216 


0.0012 
0.0890 


0.0004 
0.0004 


.0000  n.s. 


Total 


219 


0.0902 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


29 


Source  of  variation 


Size  category:  602-1050  f^rn 

df  SS 


MS 


Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 

Total 


3 
216 

219 


0.1795 
2.3123 

2.4918 


W  =  q  05(4,216)5*  =  3.63(0.0140)  =  0.0506 


Raft 

Mean 


Rl 

0 


R2 
0.0109 


R4 
0.0274 


R3 

0.0748 


0.0598 
0.0107 


5.5888** 


Source  of  variation 


Size  category:  471-602  ^m 

df  SS 


MS 


Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 

Total 


Source  of  variation 


3 
216 

219 


0.3259 
3.4878 

3.8137 


0.1086 
0.0162 


w  =  q  05(4,216)sr  +  3.63(0.0172)  =  0.0623 


Size  category:  153-308  /^m 

df  SS 


MS 


6.7058' 


Raft 
Mean 

Rl                R2               R3 

0                  0             0.0455 

R4 

0.0930 

Size  category:  308-471  /jm 

Source  of  variation 

df 

SS 

MS 

F 

Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 

3 
216 

0.7538 
9.8919 

0.2513 
0.0458 

5.4869** 

Total 

219 

10.6457 

w 

=  q  05(4,216)sj  =  3.63(0.0289) 

=  0.1048 

Raft 
Mean 

Rl               R2               R3 

0.0055         0.0164         0.1122 

R4 
0.1400 

Among  Rafts 
Within  Rafts 


Total 


3                 1.3038 

0.4346 

216               14.2086 

0.0658 

219               15.5124 

w 

=  q  05(4,216)sF  =  3.63(0.0346)  =  0.1255 

Raft 

Rl               R2               R3               R4 

Mean 

0.0219         0.0524         0.1680         0.2064 

6.6069* 


30 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


Source  of  variation 


Size  category:  102-153  ^m 

df  SS 


MS 


Among  Rafts 

3                0.6160 

Within  Rafts 

216                7.8973 

Total 

219                8.5133 

w 

=  q  05(4,216)sr=  3.63(0.0258)  =  0.0936 

Raft 

Rl               R2               R3               R4 

Mean 

0             0.0055         0.0917         0.1212 

0.2053 
0.0366 


5.6093* 


"Mussels  were  sampled  from  substrates  left  in  the  water  for  varying  lengths  of  time. 

"Rl  =  Asbestos  Panel  (May,  1972  -  December  2,  1972) 

•R2  =  Clark  Cove  Rope  (May,  1971  -  January  4,  1973) 

JR3  =  Clark  Cove  Raft  (June,  1968  -  December  17,  1971) 

<R4  =  Boothbay  Harbor  Raft  (July,  1967  -  August  4,  1972) 

"Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


#4  and  the  amount  of  time  for  which  the  rafted 
substrate  had  been  in  the  water  (Table  10).  The 
null  hypothesis  of  no  significant  difference  be- 
tween pearl  counts  in  mussels  from  the  four  rafted 
substrates  was  rejected  for  six  of  the  seven 
analyses  of  variance  (Table  10),  the  only  non- 
significant difference  occurring  for  pearls  with 
diameters  greater  than  1050  ^m.  Although 
Tukey's  w-procedure  failed  to  show  a  significant 
difference  (at  the  0.05  level)  between  each  of  the 
individual  population  means,  examination  of  the 
transformed  means  for  the  totals  indicates  a 
general  trend  for  an  increasing  number  of  pearls 
per  mussel  with  increasing  length  of  submergence 
of  the  substrate  from  which  the  specimens  were 
collected.  With  the  exception  of  minor  discrepan- 
cies, this  same  general  trend  holds  true  for  the 
population  means  calculated  for  each  individual 
size  category. 

Shore  vs  Raft  (Age-Independent  Studies) 
1.  Transplantation 

No  significant  difference  in  pearl  incidence  was 
found  between  mussels  left  in  a  rafted  environ- 
ment for  14  months  and  specimens  left  on  an  adja- 
cent shore  for  the  same  period  of  time.  The  65  in- 
dividuals which  had  been  on  the  shore  contained  a 
total  of  two  pearls.  These  were  in  two  individuals 
and  the  two  size  categories,  102-153  and  309-471 
|im.  The  65  individuals  examined  from  the  raft 
population  also  contained  a  total  of  two  pearls  in 
two  individuals.  These  were  found  in  the  two  size 
categories,    154-308   and    >1050  ptm.    The   pearl 


found  in  the  latter  size  category  had  a  diameter  of 
approximately  1100  ^m.  The  identical  number  of 
pearls     found     in     each     population     rendered 
statistical  analysis  of  the  data  superfluous. 
2.  Regression  of  Pearls  on  Age 

No  significant  age-independent  difference  in  the 
number  of  pearls  within  the  soft  tissues  was  found 
between  rafted  mussels  in  South  Bristol  and 
specimens  obtained  from  the  adjacent  shore 
population.  The  total  numbers  of  pearls  within  in- 
dividual mussels  in  each  year  class  are  shown  in 
Tables  11  and  12  for  the  raft  and  shore  popula- 
tion, respectively.  The  regression  lines  and  95% 
confidence  belts  for  the  regression  of  the 
transformed  [log  (x  +  1)]  counts  on  age  are 
depicted  in  Figure  2  for  each  population.  The 
regression  equations  for  the  raft  and  shore  popula- 
tions are,  respectively, 


ind 


Y  =  0.1540X  — 0.3765 

Y  =  0.1217X  — 0.3266, 


where  Y  is  the  estimated  mean  of  the  transformed 
[log  (x+1)]  pearl  counts  for  a  mussel  of  age  X  (in 
years).  An  estimate  (Y)  of  the  mean  number  of 
pearls  per  mussel  of  age  X  is  given  in  the  following 
formula  from  Elliot  (1971): 

Y  =  antilog[1.15sr  +  Y]  —  1, 

where  s,.  is  the  standard  error  of  Y  for  a  given 
value  of  X.  Following  the  procedure  outlined  by 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


31 


TABLE  11.  The  total  number  of  pearls  within  individual  mussels  in  each  year  class  (raft)." 

Raft 
(Number  of  pearls  per  individual) 


Specimen 

0 

Year  Class 

2 

0 

3 
0 

4 

1 

5                  6 
0                  3 

7 
7 

8 

113 

9 

1 

5 

2 

0 

1 

5 

1                  9 

2 

14 

3 

0 

0 

1 

0                  1 

1 

3 

4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

5 

0 

0 

0 

1 

2 

6 

0 

0 

0 

o 

7 

0 

0 

1 

7 

8 

0 

0 

0 

4 

9 

0 

1 

0 

1 

10 

0 

0 

5 

11 

1 

0 

12 

0 

1 

13 

2 

1 

14 

0 

0 

15 

0 

0 

16 

0 

0 

17 

0 

0 

18 

1 

0 

19 

0 

4 

20 

0 

21 

0 

22 

0 

23 

1 

24 

0 

25 

0 

26 

1 

27 

0 

28 

0 

0 
8 

Total 

19 

23                13 

13 

130 

5 

Mean 

0 

0.3 

1.0 

2.6               4.3 

2.6 

43.3 

5.0 

"Mussels  were  samples  from  a 

South  B 

ristol  rafted 

population. 

Sokal  and  Rohlf  (1969),  an  estimate  of  s,  for  the 
raft  and  shore  populations  are  provided  by  the 
equations 

s,.  =  JO.  1521  [0.0128  +  (X  —  3.9872)- 1 


1447 


and 

s,  =    /0.0277  [0.0122  +    (X  —  5.4268)2] 

2739 
respectively.  Once  again,  X  is  the  age  in  years  of 


the  specimen.  Insertion  of  these  estimates  into 
Elliot's  formula  and  substitution  of  the  ap- 
propriate values  of  Y  for  each  population  provides 
an  estimate  (Y)  of  the  mean  number  of  pearls  per 
mussel  for  both  the  raft  and  shore  population.  The 
equations  are,  respectively, 

Y  =  antilog  (1.15  s2  +  0.1540X  —  0.3765)  —  1 
and 

Y  =  antilog  (1.15  s,2  +  0.1217X  —  0.3266)  —  1 


32 


R.A.LUTZANDH.HIDU 


TABLE  12.  The  total  number  of  pearls  within  individual  mussels  in  each  year  class  (shore). 

Shore 
(Number  of  pearls  per  individual) 


Specimen 

# 

Year 

Class 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

5 

6 

4 

2 

2 

0 

0 

1 

0 

8 

0 

9 

3 

3 

0 

0 

1 

3 

3 

0 

9 

9 

4 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

9 

4 

5 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

2 

13 

30 

6 

1 

0 

0 

1 

6 

0 

6 

7 

0 

1 

2 

0 

22 

2 

3 

8 

0 

0 

0 

30 

1 

1 

9 

0 

0 

0 

1 

10 

0 

0 

3 

11 

0 

0 

1 

12 

3 

4 

0 

13 

1 

3 

1 

14 

4 

0 

0 

15 

0 

2 

16 

0 
11 

47 

Total 

0 

1 

15 

55 

36 

58 

Mean 

0 

0.1 

0.7 

1.0 

3.9 

5.1 

5.9 

7.2 

"Mussels  were  sampled  from  a  South  Bristol  shore 

population  at  the  mean 

low  water 

level. 

However,  in  consideration  of  the  relatively  small 
magnitude  of  sj,  the  comparatively  wide  95%  con- 
fidence intervals,  and  the  subjectivity  associated 
with  the  counting  of  the  annual  lines  on  acetate 
peels,  a  relatively  accurate  estimation  of  Y  for 
each  population  is  provided  by  substitution  of  ap- 
propriate values  in  the  equation 

Y  =  antilogY— 1. 

For  both  populations  the  linear  regression  on 
age  was  found  to  remove  a  highly  significant  por- 
tion of  the  variation  of  the  transformed  pearl 
counts  (Table  13).  The  deviations  from  regression 
were  not  significant.  Table  14  shows  the  results  of 
the  analysis  of  covariance  comparing  the  two 
regression  lines.  No  significant  difference  between 
the  slopes  of  the  regression  lines  nor  between  the 
adjusted  transformed  means  of  the  two  popula- 
tions (elevation  of  lines)  was  detected  in  this 
study. 


Finally,  no  pearls  with  diameters  greater  than  1 
mm  were  found  in  mussels  less  than  5  years  old. 
Two  pearls  (one  from  each  population)  with 
diameters  greater  than  1  mm  were  found  in  5-year- 
old  specimens. 

DISCUSSION 

The  results  of  this  study  suggest  that,  with 
regard  to  the  size  and  quantity  of  pearls  in  the 
mantle  tissue,  no  difference  exists  between  raft- 
based  mussels  and  those  of  comparable  age  ob- 
tained from  adjacent  shore  populations.  The  dif- 
ferences found  between  mussels  of  similar  lengths 
obtained  from  rafts  left  for  varying  periods  of  time 
are  probably  a  reflection  of  age  differences  be- 
tween the  individuals  sampled.  Similarly,  the  dif- 
ferences observed  between  raft  and  shore  popula- 
tions in  this  study  are  probably  a  reflection  of  a 
difference  in  the  age  distribution  of  specimens 
from  the  two  environments.  Lutz  and  Porter 
(1977)  have  shown  that  a  50  mm  mussel  is  ob- 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


33 


RAFT 

Y=    I540X  -  .3765 


•3     ' 


SHORE 

Y=   1217  X  -  3266 


-l 1 1 1 1— rlXH — S 

2         345678902 

AGE  (years) 

FIGURE  2.  Regressions  of  logarithmically  transformed  pearl  counts  on  age  for  raft  and  shore  based 
mussels.  Dashed  lines  represent  95%  confidence  belts. 


tained  in  at  least  one  Maine  environment  in  a 
period  of  12  months  from  settlement  using  rafting 
techniques.  Reported  estimates  of  the  average 
growth  rate  of  mussels  (using  length  measure- 
ments) in  natural  populations  (submerged  and  in- 
tertidal  -  the  North  Atlantic  region)  vary  from  1.9 
-  16.0  mm  per  year  (Mossop,  1922a, b;  Field, 
1922).  Thus,  the  rafting  of  mussels  may  increase 
linear  growth  rate  as  much  as  3-25  fold  over  that 
of  natural  benthic  populations.  Therefore, 
although  the  age  structure  of  the  two  population 
types  (raft  and  shore)  in  most  of  the  experiments 
conducted  is  not  known,  the  average  age  of  the 
shore  mussels  is  suspected  to  be  considerably 
greater  than  that  of  the  rafted  specimens. 

If  the  rate  of  pearl  formation  and  pearl  growth 


remains  relatively  constant  throughout  the  life  of 
a  mussel,  one  might  expect  little  or  no  difference 
between  old  and  young  individuals  with  regard  to 
the  number  of  pearls  in  the  smallest  size  category. 
The  results  of  Experiments  #1  -  #4  and  the  com- 
parison of  rafts  left  for  varying  lengths  of  time  in- 
dicate that  this  is  generally  not  the  case.  The 
greater  number  of  small  pearls  in  shore-based  in- 
dividuals and  in  mussels  sampled  from  the  rafts 
left  longest  in  the  water  suggest  that  there  is  a 
general  increase  in  the  number  of  pearls  being 
formed  and/or  a  decrease  in  the  growth  rate  of 
pearls  as  the  individual  ages.  Both  of  these  are 
probably  occurring  to  some  extent.  As  the  in- 
dividual ages,  there  is  generally  an  increase  in  the 
surface  area  of  the  mantle  epithelium.  If,  as  has 


34 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.HIDU 


TABLE  13.  Analyses  of  variance  for  regressions  of  transformed  pearl  counts  on  age. 


Source  of  variation 

Among  year  classes 
Linear  regression 
Deviations  from  regression 
Within  year  classes 
Total 


Raft 


df 

SS 

MS 

F 

7 

5.8213 

0.8316 

12.3934** 

1 

4.9086 

4.9086 

32.2722** 

6 

0.9127 

0.1521 

2.2335  n.s 

70 

4.7667 

0.0681 

77 


10.5880 


Shore 


Source  of  variation 


df 


SS 


MS 


Among  year  classes 
Linear  regression 
Deviations  from  regression 
Within  year  classes 
Total 


7 

4.9670 

0.7096 

6.5945** 

1 

4.8010 

4.8010 

173.3213** 

6 

0.1660 

0.0277 

2.2574  n.s 

75 

8.0720 

0.1076 

82 


13.0590 


"An  analysis  is  shown  for  each  of  two  populations  (raft  and  shore)  in  South  Bristol,  Maine. 
* 'Indicates  significance  at  the  0.01  level. 


TABLE  14.  Analysis  of  covariance  comparing  the  regressions  of  transformed  pearl  counts  on  age." 


Analysis  of  Covariance 

Transformed  adjusted  raft  mean  =  0.2375 
Transformed  adjusted  shore  mean  =  0.3338 


Within 
Raft 
Shore 

Pooled,  W 

Between,  B 


df  x:  xy  y2  b 

77   206.9872   31.8750   10.5880    0.1540 
81    324.0610   39.4440   13.0390    0.1217 

Total 
158   531.0482    71.3190  23.6270    0.1343 
Difference  between  slopes 
1      82.8518     5.5404     0.3705 

613.9000   76.8594  23.9976    0.1252 
Between  adjusted  means 


df  SS  MS              F 

7b  5.6794  0.0747 

80  8.2379  0.1030    1.3788  n.s. 

156  13.9173  0.0892 

157  14.0490  0.0895 

1  0.1317  0.1317  1.4765  n.s. 

158  14.3749 

1  0.3259  0.3259    3.6413  n.s. 


The  analysis  compares  the  regression  lines  for  two  populations  (raft  and  shore)  in  South  Bristol,  Maine. 


been  suggested  by  numerous  workers  (Garner, 
1972;  Dubois,  1901,  1909;  Jameson,  1902; 
Jameson  and  Nicoll,  1913),  pearl  formation  is  a 
result  of  trematode  infection,  this  increased  sur- 
face area  may  offer  a  greater  number  of  sites  for 
penetration  by  the  parasite,  and,  hence,  would 
result  in  an  increased  number  of  pearls.  As  the  ma- 
jority of  pearls  in  M.  edulis  are  nacreous,  the  same 


processes  controlling  thickening  of  the  inner  shell 
layer  may  control  the  growth  of  pearls.  This  was 
recognized  by  Jameson  (1902,  p.  161)  who  stated 
in  reference  to  pearls,  "their  growth  is,  in  fact, 
regulated  by  the  causes  which  control  the  thicken- 
ing of  the  shell."  Examination  of  the  polished  shell 
sections  and  corresponding  acetate  peels  presented 
by  Lutz   (1976)   reveals   that   there  is  a  general 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL 


35 


decrease  in  the  width  of  annual  increments  with 
increasing  age  of  the  specimen.  A  similar  decrease 
in  the  growth  rate  of  pearls  probably  occurs. 

Jameson  (1902)  and  Nicoll  (1906)  claim  that  the 
gymnophallid  trematode  responsible  for  pearl  for- 
mation in  M.  edulis  from  French  and  English 
waters  enters  the  mussel  as  a  tailless  cercaria. 
This,  in  turn,  led  Jameson  (1902,  p.  160)  to  con- 
clude that  "in  order  to  be  abundantly  infected, 
Mytilus  must  be  on  the  bottom."  Dubois  (1909) 
disagrees,  claiming  to  have  found  all  larval  stages 
of  the  trematode  within  the  mantle  of  M.  edulis.  If 
pearls  in  mussels  from  Maine  waters  are  also  a 
result  of  infection  by  the  trematode,  Gym- 
nophallus,  the  results  of  the  present  study  appear 
to  discredit  the  claims  of  Jameson  (1902)  and 
Nicoll  (1906).  If  a  larval  stage  of  Gymnophallus 
enters  M.  edulis,  it  is  a  stage  that  is  not  restricted 
to  a  bottom  habitat. 

Dubois  (1907b)  conducted  an  experiment  to  test 
the  effect  of  increased  temperatures  on  the 
metamorphosis  of  metacercariae  larvae  of  the 
gymnophallid  trematode  responsible  for  the  initia- 
tion of  pearl  formation.  Based  on  the  acquisition 
of  adult  characteristics  at  higher  temperatures  (35 
-  40°C),  he  concluded  that  larval  metamorphosis 
to  the  adult  form  must  take  place  in  a  warm- 
blooded animal.  Jameson  and  Nicoll  (1913)  sug- 
gest that  the  common  eider  duck,  Somateria 
mollisima,  and/or  the  black  scoter,  Oidemia 
nigra,  serve(s)  as  the  definitive  host(s).  Stunkard 
and  Uzmann  (1958)  fed  metacercaria-infected 
mussels  from  Long  Island  to  newly  hatched  eider 
chicks  and  recovered  adult  gymnophallids,  pro- 
bably G,  bursicola  (Odhner,  1905),  from  the  in- 
testines of  the  chicks.  Both  Oidemia  nigra  and 
Somateria  mollissima  are  abundant  in  certain 
areas  throughout  the  Gulf  of  Maine  and  either  one 
or  both  may  serve  as  the  adult  host(s)  for  this 
trematode.  If  pearl  formation  in  these  waters  is  a 
result  of  gymnophallid  infection,  it  is  reasonable 
to  expect  the  presence  and  quantity  of  pearls  in 
mussels  to  be  somewhat  correlated  with  the 
presence  and  abundance  of  eiders  and/or  scoters 
in  the  surrounding  waters.  Before  such  a  correla- 
tion can  be  made,  however,  age-independent  dif- 
ferences (if  existent)  in  pearl  incidence  between 
geographically  isolated  populations  of  M.  edulis 
must  be  quantified.  The  results  of  this  study  sug- 


gest a  method  of  obtaining  such  quantification. 

Several  workers  (Jameson,  1902;  Nicoll,  1906; 
Lebour,   1906)  have  suggested  that  a  second  in- 
termediate host  may  be  required  for  completion  of 
the  life  cycle  of  the  trematode  responsible  for  pearl 
formation.  Jameson  (1902)  found  sporocysts  con- 
taining larvae,  almost  identical  with  those  which 
occur  in  M.  edulis,  within  the  mantle  margins  of 
the    bivalves,     Tapes    decussatus    and    Cardium 
edule.     Nicoll     (1906),     in    his    examination    of 
numerous  specimens  of  Cardium  edule,  failed  to 
find  such  sporocysts  in  the  mantle  margin,  but 
noted  (P.  149)  their  frequent  occurrence  in  "one 
well-defined,      somewhat      oval-shaped      mass 
situated  in  the  middle  line  dorsally  just  over  the 
posterior    border    of    the    liver."    Neither    Tapes 
decussatus  nor  Cardium  edule  are  found  within 
the    Gulf    of    Maine.    Thus,    if    the    trematode 
(probably   Gymnophallus   bursicola)   responsible 
for   the   initiation   of  pearl   formation   in  Maine 
waters  requires  a  second  intermediate  host  for  the 
completion  of  its  life  cycle,  such  a  host  remains  to 
be    found.    Furthermore,    if    this    trematode    is 
responsible  for  the  initiation  of  pearl  formation  in 
Maine  waters  and  if  one  and  only  one  additional 
intermediate  host  is  required,   the  presence  and 
quantity  of  pearls  in  mussels  should  be  correlated 
with  the  distribution  patterns  of  this  host.  Again, 
the  results  of  this  study  suggest  a  method  of  quan- 
tifying differences  (independent  of  age)  between 
geographically    isolated    M.    edulis    populations 
with  regard  to  pearl  incidence,  facilitating  correla- 
tion of  the  presence  and  quantity  of  pearls  with 
the  presence  and  abundance  of  such  a  host. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

This  work  was  supported  by  NOAA  Grants 
1-36099,  NG-40-72,  04-3-158-63,  04-3-158-38, 
04-5-158-50,  04-6-158-44056,  SGI-77-17,  and 
04-7-158-44034.  We  thank  Drs.  David  Dean, 
Franklin  Roberts,  and  Michael  Mazurkiewicz  for 
their  guidance  and  critical  reviews  of  initial  drafts 
of  the  manuscript;  Dr.  Bernard  J.  McAlice  and 
Mr.  William  Soule,  Jr.  for  their  advice  and  direc- 
tion with  the  statistical  aspects  of  this  work;  Mr. 
Barnaby  Porter  for  his  helpful  suggestions  and 
assistance,  particularly  in  the  design  and  construc- 
tion    of     numerous     experimental     rafts     used 


36 


R.A.  LUTZANDH.  HIDU 


throughout  this  study;  Mr.  Keith  Leeman  and  Mr. 
Kenneth  Fossett  for  assistance  in  setting  up 
lapidary  equipment;  Miss  Phyllis  Coggins  and  Mr. 
Richard  D.  Smith  for  their  assistance  with  graphic 
illustrations;  Miss  Patricia  Higgins  for  typing  the 
manuscript;  and  especially  Miss  Sarah  E.  Hurlburt 
for  constantly  reminding  the  senior  author  that 
there  are  more  important  things  in  life  than 
Mvtilus  edulis  L. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

d'Hamonville,  B.  1894.  Les  moules  perlieres  de 
Billiers.  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France  19:140-142. 

Dubois,  R.  1901.  Sur  la  mecanisme  de  la  forma- 
tion des  perles  fine  dans  le  Mytilus  edulis.  Com- 
pt.  Rend.  Hebd.  Seances  Acad.  Sci.,  Paris 
133:603-605. 

Dubois,  R.  1907a.  Sur  les  metamorphoses  du 
Distome  parasite  des  Mytilus  perliers.  Compt. 
Rend.  Seances  Soc.  Biol.  63:334-336. 

Dubois,  R.  1907b.  Action  de  la  chaleur  sur  le 
distome  immature  de  Cymnophallus  margar- 
itarum.  Compt.  Rend.  Seances  Soc.  Biol., 
63:502-504. 

Dubois,  R.  1909.  Contribution  a  l'etude  des  perles 
fines  de  la  nacre  et  des  animaux  que  les  produi- 
sent.  Ann.  Univ.  Lyon  n.  s.,  29:1-126. 

Elliot,  J.  M.  1971.  Some  methods  of  the  statistical 
analysis  of  samples  of  benthic  invertebrates. 
Freshwater  Biol.  Assoc.  Sci.  Publ.  No.  25,  144 

P- 
Engle,  J.  B.  and  V.  L.  Loosanoff.   1944.  On  the 

season  of  attachment  of  larvae  of  M.   edulis 

Linn.  Ecology  25:433-440. 
Field,  I.  A.  1922.  Biology  and  economic  value  of 

the  sea  mussel,  Mytilus  edulis.  Bull.  U.  S.  Bur. 

Fish.  38:127-259. 
Garner,  R.  1857.  On  the  pearls  of  the  Conway 

River,  North  Wales,  with  some  observations  on 

the    natural    productions    of    the    neighboring 

coast.  Brit.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  Part  2,  p.  92-93. 
Garner,    R.    1872.    On   the   formation   of   British 

pearls  and  their  possible  improvement.  J.  Linn. 

Soc.  11:426-428. 
Giard,    A.    1907.    Sur    les    Tre'matodes    margar- 

itigenes      du      Pas-de-Calais      (Gymnophallus 

somateriae  Levinsen  et  G.  bursicola.  Odhner). 

Compt.  Rend.  Seances  Soc.  Biol.  63:416-420. 


Herdman,  W.  A.  1904.  Recent  investigations  on 

pearls  in  shellfish.  Proc.  Trans.  Liverpool  Biol. 

Soc.  17:88-97. 
Jameson,   H.   L.   1902.   On   the  origin  of  pearls. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London  1:140-165. 
Jameson,  H.  L.  and  W.  Nicoll.   1913.  On  some 

parasites  of  the  scoter  duck  (Oedemia  nigra) 

and     their     relation     to     the     pearl-inducing 

trematode  in  the  edible  mussel  (Mytilus  edulis). 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  p.  56-63. 
Lebour,    M.    V.    1906.    Notes   on   Northumbrian 

trematodes.  Rep.  Scient.  Invest.  Northumb.  Sea 

Fish.  Comm.  1905,  p.  100-105. 
Lutz,  R.  A.  1976.  Annual  growth  patterns  in  the 

inner  shell  layer  of  Mytilus  edulis  L.  J.  Mar. 

Biol.  Ass.  U.  K.  56:723-731. 
Lutz,   R.   A.   and   B.   Porter.   1977.   Experimental 

culture  of  blue  mussels  (Mytilus  edulis  L.)  in 

heated  effluent  waters  of  a  nuclear  power  plant. 

Proceedings    of    the    Eighth    Annual    Meeting, 

World  Mariculture  Society,  January  9-13,  San 

Jose,    Costa   Rica,    Louisiana   State   University 

Press  (in  press). 
Mossop,  B.  K.  E.  1922a.  A  study  of  the  sea  mussel 

Mytilus    edulis    Linn.     Contr.     Canad.     Biol. 

2:17-48. 
Mossop,  B.  K.  E.  1922b.  The  rate  of  growth  of  the 

sea-mussel  (Mytilus  edulis  L.)  at  St.  Andrews, 

N.  B.,  Digby,  N.  S.  and  in  Hudson  Bay.  Trans. 

Roy.  Canad.  Inst.  14(3):3-22. 
Nicoll,  W.  1906.  Notes  on  trematode  parasites  of 

the  cockle  (Cardium  edule)and  mussel  (Mytilus 

edulis).  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  17:148-155. 
Odhner,  T.  1905.  Die  Trematoden  des  arktischen 

Gebietes.  In:  Romer  u.  Schaudinn,  Fauna  Artica 

4(2):291-372. 
Scattergood,  L.W.  and  C.  C.  Taylor.  1949.  The 

mussel  resources  of  the  North  Atlantic  region. 

Part  II.  Observations  on  the  biology  and  the 

methods    of    collecting    and     processing     the 

mussel.  Comm.  Fish.  Rev.  ll(10):ll-23. 
Sokal,  R.  R.  and  F.  J.  Rohlf.  1969.  Biometry.  W. 

H.    Freeman    and    Company,    San    Francisco, 

776p. 
Stafford,  J.   1912.  On  the  fauna  of  the  Atlantic 

coast      of      Canada,      third      report-Gaspe, 

1905-1906.  Contrib.  Canad.  Biol.  1906-1912,  p. 

45-67. 
Steel,  R.  G.  D.  and  J.  H.  Torrie.  1960.  Principles 


PEARLS  IN  BLUE  MUSSEL  37 

and  procedures  of  statistics.  McGraw-Hill  Book  on  digenetic  trematodes  of  the  genera  Gym- 
Company,  Inc.  New  York,  481p.  nophallus      and      Parvatrema.      Biol.  Bull. 
Stunkard,  H.  W.  and  J.  R.  Uzmann.  1958.  Studies  115:276-302. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


BLUE  CRAB  PREDATION  ON  CULTCHLESS  OYSTER  SPAT 

George  E.  Krantz  and  John  V.  Chamberlin 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

CENTER  FOR  ENVIRONMENTAL  AND  ESTUARINE  STUDIES 

HORN  POINT  ENVIRONMENTAL  LABORATORIES 

BOX  775 

CAMBRIDGE.  MARYLAND  21613 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE  ENGINEERING 

COLLEGE  PARK,  MARYLAND 

ABSTRACT 

Many  cultchless  oyster  spat  (Crassostrea  virginica)  planted  experimentally  on 
natural  bottoms  in  Maryland  portions  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  in  1975  and  1976  have 
been  destroyed  by  blue  crabs  (Callinectes  sapidus).  High  mortalities  (79  to  99%)  were 
observed  within  one  month  after  oysters  ranging  from  (3  mm-40  mm)  in  diameter  were 
placed  directly  on  natural  bottom  or  in  trays  without  closed  tops.  Oysters  in  enclosed 
trays  at  these  locations  exhibited  no  unusual  mortality.  Several  patterns  of  shell 
destruction  (chipped  shell  edges,  a  single  puncture  over  the  adductor  muscle,  broken 
area  of  original  spat  attachment,  and  opposing  notches  on  the  shell  edges)  were  observ- 
ed among  the  oyster  shells  collected  from  the  field.  The  same  destruction  patterns  were 
observed  when  cultchless  oyster  spat  were  placed  in  aquaria  containing  adult  blue 
crabs.  Cultchless  oyster  spat  which  produce  high  quality  half-shell  oysters  if  grown  in 
protected  containers,  may  be  of  little  value  when  planted  on  natural  bottom  in 
Maryland  to  sustain  native  oyster  stocks,  or  to  obtain  an  economical  return  from  a 
planted  private  lease. 


INTRODUCTION 

Crabs  of  various  species  are  important 
predators  on  oyster  spay.  Stone  crabs  (Menippe 
mercenaria)  are  a  serious  problem  in  the  States 
bordering  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  So  are  green  crabs 
(Carcinus  maenas)  and  mud  crabs  (Neopanope 
texana)  in  New  England  states  (Galtsoff,  1964). 
Mud  crabs  were  incriminated  in  very  high  mor- 
talities (as  high  as  50  percent)  of  Connecticut 
oyster  spat  less  than  10  mm  long  by  MacKenzie 
(1970).  Several  authors  have  also  noted  that  the 
blue  crab,  Callinectes  sapidus.  can  cause  high 
levels  of  mortality  in  natural  oyster  and  clam 
populations  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States 
(Lunz,  1947;  Menzel  &  Hopkins,  1955).  Menzel  & 


Hopkins  (1955)  observed  the  feeding  behavior  of 
blue  crabs  in  floating  cages  and  found  that  a  single 
crab  can  consume  up  to  19  oyster  spat  per  day. 

Castagna  (1970)  suggests  that  predation  by  blue 
crabs  is  the  major  constraint  in  the  culture  of  hard 
clams  on  natural  bottoms.  Without  some  form  of 
protection,  clam  mortality  can  approach  100  per- 
cent (Menzel  et  al,  1976;  Castagna  et  al,  1970). 

The  same  constraint  —  predation  by  crabs  — 
has  been  encountered  in  our  attempts  to  grow 
cultchless  oyster  spat  on  the  natural  bottom  in  the 
Chesapeake  Bay.  It  is  obvious  that  large  popula- 
tions of  blue  crabs  in  our  coastal  waters  could 
completely  neutralize  oyster  mariculture  opera- 
tions, especially  if  spat  are  too  small  when  planted 
or  if  the  spat  are  not  protected.  We  have  planted 


38 


BLUE  CRAB  PREDATIONS 


39 


cultchless  oyster  spat  of  various  sizes  to  determine 
the  optimum  size  at  which  to  plant  hatchery- 
reared  spat  and  to  insure  enough  survival  for  a 
positive  economic  return  from  the  cost  of  the  spat. 

FIELD  STUDIES 

Our  studies  were  conducted  on  the  upper 
Eastern  Shore  of  the  Maryland  portion  of  the 
Chesapeake  Bay.  Mean  annual  salinity  of  this 
region  ranges  from  8  to  12  ppt.  This  area  has  no 
significant  populations  of  oyster  drills,  Urosalpinx 
cinerea  and  Eupleura  caudata.  The  most  probable 
predators  on  oyster  spat  in  this  region  are  the  flat 
worm,  Stylochus  ellipticus;  the  mud  crab, 
Rithropanopeus  harrisii;  the  blue  crab;  and  some 
fish  species:  oyster  toadfish,  Opsanus  tau; 
croaker,  Micropogon  undulatus;  spot,  Leiostomus 
xanthorus;  cow-nosed  ray,  Rhinoptera  bonasus. 

Our  first  planting  study  utilized  4  1/10  acre 
plots  on  hard  sandy  bottom.  The  bottom  had  very 
little  habitat  for  mud  crabs  or  other  members  of 
the  oyster  bed  community.  The  plots  were  planted 
with  125,000  cultchless  spat  in  late  September, 
1975,  each  plot  receiving  oysters  of  \  :",  '  : ",  V 
and  1"  (6mm,  12  mm,  20  mm,  25  mm)  in  length. 
The  spat  were  produced  by  the  Dupuy  (1973) 
technique,  were  removed  from  Mylar  sheets  when 
they  were  about  1 1"  (5  to  15  mm),  and  grown  in 
fiberglass  trays  in  the  hatchery  until  planted. 

After  two  weeks  on  the  bottom,  the  spat  were 
observed  by  scuba  divers.  All  of  the  6  mm  spat 
were  missing  and  very  little  shell  remained.  Mor- 
tality in  the  other  plots  ranged  from  30  to  60  per- 
cent in  sample  locations.  By  the  following  spring 
(May  1976)  no  live  oysters  could  be  found.  All  of 
the  recovered  shells  had  broken  margins  with 
large  portions  of  the  shell  missing.  We  thought 
severe  storm  conditions  might  have  tumbled  the 
shells  on  the  bottom,  broken  the  edges  of  the  shell 
and  killed  the  oyster  spat. 

In  1976  ten  different  locations  where  the  bottom 
was  protected  from  wave  action  were  planted  with 
clutchless  spat. 

One  such  area  was  planted  in  July  with 
cultchless  oysters  ranging  from  19  to  38  mm  long. 
Ten  thousand  spat  were  planted  on  a  100  sq.  ft. 
area  marked  by  stakes  on  an  active  commercial 
oyster  bed.  Within  two  weeks,  all  the  clutchless 
spat  were  dead.  Blue  crabs  were  observed  to  be 


abundant  at  this  location  whereas  mud  crabs  were 
not  found.  Broken  shells  from  the  clutchless  spat 
were  found  in  the  planted  area. 

In  another  location,  trays  of  cultchless  oysters 
ranging  from  3  to  40  mm  in  length  were  placed  ad- 
jacent to  a  natural  oyster  bar.  Half  the  trays  had 
fine-mesh  wire  tops,  while  half  were  unprotected. 
Within  one  month  99.7  percent  of  the  unprotected 
cultchless  spat  were  dead,  while  the  protected  had 
no  detectable  mortality.  The  shells  of  the  dead 
spat  had  the  same  type  of  damage  that  was 
observed  at  previous  planting  locations. 

These  are  two  of  the  most  severe  cases  of  preda- 
tion  we  have  observed  but  significant  losses  were 
incurred  at  other  planting  sites  even  though  spat 
were  planted  in  early  November,  1076,  after  most 
blue  crabs  had  become  dormant. 

PATTERNS  OF  SHELL  DAMAGE 
BY  THE  BLUE  CRABS 

To  confirm  the  hypothesis  that  blue  crabs  were 
involved  in  the  losses  of  oysters  in  the  field  we  fed 
cultchless  oysters  of  various  sizes  to  crabs  in 
aquaria.  Blue  crabs  from  4"  to  6"  (100  mm  to  150 
mm)  carapace  width  were  found  to  be  capable  of 
consuming  cultchless  oysters  up  to  40  mm  in 
length.  Blue  crabs  from  65  mm  to  80  mm  in 
carapace  width  were  unable  to  consume  cultchless 
oysters  larger  that  1"  (25  mm)  in  length. 

Methods  used  by  blue  crabs  to  break  oyster 
shells  vary  from  oyster  to  oyster.  Small  oyster 
spat  (3  mm  to  15  mm)  were  simply  crushed  and 
the  meat  separated  from  shell  as  the  oyster  was 
eaten.  Frequently  the  entire  crushed  oyster  was  in- 
gested and  no  shell  fragments  could  be  found. 

The  next  most  common  feeding  strategy  was  to 
chip  the  shell  margin  with  the  chelae  so  that  the 
mouth  parts  and  chelae  tips  could  extract  the 
oyster  meat.  Figure  1  is  a  scale  drawing  to  show 
this  type  of  damage.  Note  that  the  spat  shell  has 
very  irregular  edges  and  most  of  the  recent  shell 
growth  was  removed,  often  in  large  chips.  These 
oysters  look  as  if  they  had  been  damaged  by 
tumbling  along  a  hard  bottom.  This  was  the 
predominant  pattern  of  damage  observed  in  our 
1975  bottom  planting  of  cultchless  oysters. 

A  characteristic  of  cultchless  spat  produced  by 
the  Dupuy  mylar  technique  is  thinness  of  the  shell 
over  the  area  where  the  lower  valve  of  the  spat 


40 


G.E.  KRANTZ  AND  J.V.  CHAMBERLIN 


FIG.  1.  Shells  of  cultchless  oyster  spat  showing 
blue  crab  damage  to  shell  margins. 


FIG.  2.  Shells  of  cultchless  oyster  spat  showing 
blue  crab  damage  to  soft,  flattened  areas  produced 
on  lower  valves  by  the  Mylar  technique  of  spat 
collection. 

was  attached  to  mylar.  This  area  is  easily  broken 
by  the  human  fingernail  and  contributes  to  mor- 
tality while  handling  small  spat  in  oyster  hatch- 
eries. Blue  crabs  frequently  crushed  this  area 
(Figure  2)  in  their  attempts  to  open  the  cultchless 
oysters.  Another  approach  was  to  crush  the  um- 
bo, or  hinge  area  (Figure  3),  which  then  permitted 
the  crab  to  extract  the  oyster  meat.  A  fairly  com- 
mon type  of  observed  damage  was  the  removal  of 
large  chips  from  opposite  sides  of  the  oyster  shell 
as  if  the  crab  compressed  the  shell  laterally  be- 
tween the  digits  of  the  chelae  (Figure  4). 

The  most  puzzling  damage  we  observed  in  the 
planting  studies,  were  spat  with  a  single  round 
hole  in  the  shell  (Figure  5).  Up  to  10  percent  of  the 


shells  in  some  samples  had  this  type  of  damage. 
Initially  we  thought  that  another  predator  was  in- 
volved in  the  losses  of  the  hatchery-reared  spat. 
However,  feeding  studies  in  the  laboratory  show- 
ed that  blue  crabs  were  quite  effective  at  punching 
holes.  Occassionally  we  found  shells  which  had 
multiple  holes.  Figure  5  shows  that  the  holes  are 
not  round  but  are  slightly  irregular.  Frequently  the 
inner  shell  surface  of  the  hole  and  the  "walls" 
showed  irregular  fractures  on  the  margins.  The 
damage  differs  from  the  more  regular,  smooth  and 
slightly  conical  holes  made  by  oyster  drills. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  observation  made 
during  the  study  was  that  to  damage  the  cultchless 
oyster  spat  all  that  was  required  was  that  blue 


FIG.  3.  Shells  of  cultchless  oyster  spat  with  umbo 
area  crushed  by  blue  crabs. 


A 


FIG.  4.  An  example  of  chips  removed  by  blue 
crabs  from  opposite  edges  of  cultchless  oyster 
shells. 


FIG.  5.  Holes  punched  through  the  shell  of  oyster 
spat  by  blue  crab. 


BLUE  CRAB  PREDATIONS 


41 


crabs  pick  up  and  manipulate  the  oyster  spat  in 
their  claws.  In  this  situation  the  edges  of  the 
cultchless  spat  were  accessible,  in  contrast  to  spat 
on  oyster  shell  cultch.  The  fragile  shell  edges  of 
cultchless  oysters  were  easily  chipped  even  by 
small  blue  crabs  and  clutchless  spat  were  easily 
manipulated  to  the  mouth  of  the  crab. 

Laboratory  feeding  studies  showed  that  blue 
crabs  had  much  greater  difficulty  manipulating  a 
large  piece  of  cultch  to  which  oyster  spat  were  at- 
tached. Frequently  the  crab's  claws  were  unable  to 
contact  the  spat  in  a  manner  that  would  damage 
the  shell.  Manipulation  to  the  mouth  was  definite- 
ly impaired  by  cultch  of  any  size. 

MacKenzie  (1970)  noted  that  mud  crabs  in  Con- 
necticut rarely  attacked  an  attached  spat  over  10 
mm  (about  Vz  in.)  but  they  readily  consumed 
unattached  spat  up  to  25  mm.  His  field  observa- 
tions were  confirmed  by  our  laboratory  studies. 

Our  present  mariculture  strategy  is  to  determine 
what  size  of  spat  on  various  types  of  cultch  best 
survives  the  blue  crab  predation  in  Maryland  por- 
tions of  Chesapeake  Bay.  Hopefully  a  combina- 
tion of  cultch  type,  size  of  cultch,  and  size  of 
oyster  spat  can  be  found  that  will  reduce  mortality 
to  a  level  where  a  positive  economic  return  can  be 
realized  from  planting  hatchery-reared  spat  on  the 
natural  bay  bottom. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

The  authors  wish  to  acknowledge  Dr.  John 
Dupuy  for  culturing  some  of  the  oysters  used  in 
this  study,  Donald  Meritt  for  assistance  in  field 
work  and  for  oysters  he  raised  for  the  study,  and 
Mrs.  Deborah  Kennedy  for  her  drawings  of 
damaged  oyster  spat. 


This  study  was  supported  by  Maryland  Depart- 
ment of  Natural  Resources  Fisheries  Administra- 
tion. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Castagna,  M.  A.  ,  G.  W.  Mason,  and  F.  C.  Biggs. 
1970.  Hard  clam  culture  method  developed  at 
VIMS.  Va.  Inst.  Mar.  Sci.  Sea  Grant  Advisory 
Pgt.  No.  4.  3  p. 

Dupuy,  J.  L.  1973.  Translation  of  Mariculture 
Research  into  a  Commercial  Oyster  Seed  Hatch- 
ery. Proc.  World  Mariculture  Soc.  677-685. 

Galtsoff,  R.  S.  1964.  The  American  oyster 
Crassostrea  virginica  Gmelin:  Fishery  Bulletin 
No.  64.  U.  S.  Fish  &  Wildlife  Service,  480  p. 

Lunz,  G.  R.  Jr.  1974.  Callinectes  versus  Ostrea,  J. 
Elisha  Mitchell.  Sci.  Soc.  63:  81 

MacKenzie,  C.  L.  1970.  Causes  of  oyster  spat 
mortality,  conditions  of  oyster  setting  beds,  and 
recommendations  for  oyster  bed  management. 
Proc.  Nat.  Shellfish.  Assoc.  60:59-67. 

McDermott,  J.  J.  1960.  The  predation  of  oysters 
and  barnacles  by  crabs  of  the  family  Xanthidae. 
Proc.  Penn.  Acad.  Sci.  34:199-211. 

McDermott,  J.  J.  and  F.  B.  Flower.  1952. 
Preliminary  studies  of  the  common  mud  crabs 
on  oyster  beds  of  Delaware  Bay.  Conv.  Addr. 
Nat.  Shellfish  Assoc.  47-50. 
Menzel,  R.  W.  and  S.  H.  Hopkins.  1955.  Crabs  as 
predators  of  oysters  in  Louisiana.  Proc.  Nat. 
Shellfish  Assoc.  46:177-182. 

Menzel,  R.  W.,  E.  W.  Cake,  M.  L.  Haines,  R.  E. 
Martin  and  L.  A.  Olsen.  1976.  Clam 
Mariculture  in  Northwest  Florida:  Field  Study 
on  Predation.  Proc.  Nat.  Shellfish  Assoc. 
65:59-62. 


PREDATION  ON  HARD  CLAMS, 

MERCENARIA  MERCENARIA, 
BY  MUD  CRABS,  PANOPEUS  HERBSTIP 

Jack  M.  Whetstone  mid 
Arnold  G.  Eversole 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENTOMOLOGY  AND 

ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY 

CLEMSON  UNIVERSITY 

CLEMSON,  SOUTH  CAROLINA  29631 

ABSTRACT 

Predation  on  hard  clams  planted  in  protected  trays  was  studied  by  examination  of 
empty  clam  shells  and  the  stomach  contents  of  potential  predators  gaining  entry  to  the 
trays.  Decapod  crustaceans  comprised  88.5%  of  the  predators  collected.  Panopeus 
herbstii  was  the  most  abundant  species  while  Callinectes  sapidus  and  Menippe 
mercenaria  were  only  occasionally  found.  Gastropods  were  collected,  but  examination 
of  empty  clam  shells  revealed  no  evidence  of  gastropod  predation.  Stomach  analysis 
revealed  clam  shell  bits  in  four  crab  species.  Shell  bits  were  found  in  15.8%  of  the  279 
P.  herbstii  analyzed.  Occurrence  of  shell  bits  varied  but  were  more  often  found  in 
stomachs  of  larger  crabs. 

The  abundance  and  mean  size  of  P.  herbstii  in  trays  varied  from  a  peak  in  summer  to 
a  low  in  winter.  Clam  mortalities  decreased  with  increases  in  clam  size  and  with 
decreases  in  water  temperature.  Frequency  of  shell  bits  in  the  stomachs  of  P.  herbstii 
paralleled  clam  mortality.  Some  size  selection  process  appeared  to  be  operating  in  this 
predator-prey  system. 


INTRODUCTION 
The  potential  exists  for  improving  the  hard 
clam,  Mercenaria  mercenaria,  industry  in  South 
Carolina.  Rapid  growth  of  clams,  vast  amounts  of 
suitable  tidelands,  increased  market  for  southern 
clams,  and  recent  success  of  the  Santee  fishery  are 
some  of  the  reasons  for  this  optimism  (Eldridge, 
Waltz,  Gracy  and  Hunt,  1976;  Gracy,  1974; 
Gracy  and  Keith,  1975).  Clam  mariculture  has 
also  been  demonstrated  to  be  feasible  in  pilot 
studies  in  Virginia  (Castagna,  Mason  and  Briggs, 
1970),  but  more  work  remains  to  be  done.  A  ma- 
jor problem  in  culturing  clams  is  predation.  The 

1  Technical  contribution  no.  1524,  published  by  permission  of 
the  Director.  South  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 


objectives  of  this  study  were  to  investigate  preda- 
tion in  protected  trays  in  an  estuary  in  South 
Carolina  and  to  identify  some  important  factors 
influencing  predation. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Hatchery  clams  (X=  13  mm  shell  length,  SL) 
were  planted  in  20  protected  oyster  trays  (10  inter- 
tidal,  10  subtidal)  containing  natural  sediment  in 
May,  1975.  Basket  compartments  (118  x  61  x  14 
cm)  in  the  trays  were  enclosed  with  9  mm  plastic 
netting  and  lined  with  fiberglass  insect  screens  to 
retain  sediment.  Each  tray  was  covered  with  9  mm 
plastic  netting  to  help  protect  against  predation. 
This  was  not  completely  successful  because  poten- 
tial    predators     apparently     could     enter     trays 


42 


PREDATION  ON  CLAMS 


43 


through  the  crack  between  the  cover  and  basket 
compartment.  The  trays  were  located  near  Clark 
Sound,  S.  C.  (Lat.  32°  42'  5"  N,  Long.  79°  52'  2" 
W)  in  an  area  characterized  by  a  soft  sand 
(20-30%  silt-clay)  bottom  and  a  salinity  range  of 
25-30%0atlowtide. 

Fifteen  collections  of  potential  predators  were 
made  from  May,  1975  to  December,  1976.  All 
potential  predators  were  saved  except  for  the  col- 
lections in  June  and  July,  1975,  when  represen- 
tative samples  were  taken  from  each  tray. 
Members  of  other  feeding  groups  (e.g.  filter 
feeding  polychaetes)  were  not  collected.  Field  col- 
lections were  preserved  in  10%  formalin  until 
specimens  could  be  sorted  and  counted.  Crusta- 
ceans were  sexed  and  measured  to  the  nearest  0.1 
mm.  The  stomach  contents  of  each  crustacean 
and,  in  most  cases,  all  the  specimens  collected 
were  examined  to  determine  the  food  types. 
Samples  of  the  abundant  crustaceans,  Panopeus 


herbstii  and  the  snapping  shrimp  (Alpheus  spp.), 
were  selected  for  examination.  Samples  of  P.  herb- 
stii included  representatives  from  each  sample 
date,  tidal  location,  and  three  class  intervals  of 
carapace  widths  (CW):  small  crabs  <15  mm  CW; 
medium  crabs  15.1-25.0  mm  CW;  and  large  crabs 
>25  mm  CW.  Cardiac  stomachs  were  excised, 
and  the  individual  food  items  were  sorted  as  clam 
shell  bits,  arthropod  parts,  plant  material  and  grit. 
Finely  ground  food  items  which  could  not  be  iden- 
tified and  sediment  were  classified  as  grit.  The  fre- 
quency of  each  food  item  was  expressed  as  percent 
occurrence  in  individuals  containing  food.  The 
quantity  of  a  food  item  was  estimated  by  the 
points'  method  (Hynes,  1950). 

Clam  growth  and  mortality  in  each  tray  was 
determined  during  the  sampling  period.  Clam  den- 
sity was  maintained  in  the  individual  trays  by 
replacing  dead  or  sacrificed  clams  with  marked 
clams  of  comparable  size.  Empty  clam  shells  were 


TABLE  1.  Potential  predators  collected  from 
centages  represent  totals  for  15  sampling  dates 
in  stomachs  is  represented  by  +  ;  the  absence  0 


20  protected  trays  containing  clams.  Numbers  and  per- 
from  5/75  through  12/76.  The  presence  of  clam  shell  bits 
and  not  examined  ne. 


Presence 

%  of 

%of 

%of 

Clam  Shell 

Number 

Order 

Class 

Total 

Bits 

CRUSTACEA 
Decapoda 
Panopeus  herbstii 
Callinectes  sapidus 
Menippe  mercenaria 
Eurypanopeus  depressus 
Neopanope texana 
Uca  pugilator 
Eurytium  limosum 
Pachygrapsus  transversus 
Alpheus  heterochaelis 
Alpheus  armillatus 
Alpheus  normanni 
Stomatopoda 
Squilla  empusa 
GASTROPODA 
Neogastropoda 
Urosalpinx  cinerea 
Nassarius  vibex 
Nassarius  obsoleta 
Eupleura  caudata 
TOTAL 


1746 

— 

100.0 

88.9 

+ 

1740 

100.0 

99.7 

88.5 

+ 

1465 

84.2 

83.9 

74.6 

+ 

8 

0.5 

0.5 

0.4 

+ 

8 

0.5 

0.5 

0.4 

+ 

13 

0.7 

0.7 

0.7 

+ 

2 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0 

9 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0 

2 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0 

1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0 

184 

10.6 

10.5 

9.4 

0 

39 

2.2 

2.2 

2.0 

0 

9 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0 

6 

100.0 

0.3 

0.3 

0 

6 

100.0 

0.3 

0.3 

0 

219 

— 

100.0 

11.1 

ne 

219 

100.0 

100.0 

11.1 

ne 

150 

68.5 

68.5 

7.6 

ne 

10 

4.6 

4.6 

0.5 

ne 

56 

25.6 

25.6 

2.8 

ne 

3 

1.4 

1.4 

0.2 

ne 

1965 

44 


J.M.  WHETSTONE  AND  A.G.  EVERSOLE 


collected  to  determine  the  size  of  dead  clams  and 
possible  cause  of  mortality.  Materials  and 
methods  not  detailed  above  were  described 
previously  (Eldridge  et  al.,  1976). 

RESULTS 

The  number  of  potential  predators  found  in  the 
trays  are  presented  in  Table  1.  P.  herbstii,  a  mud 
crab,  was  the  most  abundant  (75%)  species  col- 
lected. Predators  of  clams  which  are  generally 
suspected,  Callinectes  sapidus  and  Menippe 
mercenaria,  comprised  less  than  1%  of  the 
specimens  found.  Gastropods  were  common,  but 
empty  clam  shells  did  not  exhibit  the  borehole 
characteristic  of  gastropod  predation.  Cracked 
and  crushed  clam  shells  were  abundant  in  the 
trays  indicating  forced  entry,  probably  by  crusta- 
ceans. 

Fourteen  percent  of  the  362  crustaceans  ex- 
amined contained  clam  shell  bits  in  their  cardiac 
stomachs.  Only  four  species  (i.e.,  P.  herbstii,  C. 
sapidus,  Menippe  mercenaria  and  Eurypanopeus 
depressus)  of  the  12  species  of  crustaceans  ex- 
amined contained  shell  bits  (Table  2). There  was 
no  significant  difference  (PX3.05)  between  the  oc- 
currence of  shell  bits  in  the  four  species. 


Clam  shell  bits  were  more  frequent  in  stomachs 
of  large  crabs  (Table  2).  Shell  bits  were  found  in 
significantly  greater  (P<0.05)  percentage  of  large 
P.  herbstii  than  were  found  in  medium  and  small 
ones.  Although  percent  occurrence  of  shell  bits  in 
P.  herbstii  were  significantly  different  between 
sizes,  volumes  (i.e.  point  method)  were  not. 
Variation  in  this  trend  among  the  less  abundant 
species  can  be  accounted  for  by  the  number  and 
temporal  differences  of  the  crab  populations  in  the 
trays.  No  shell  bits  were  observed  in  medium- 
sized  E.  depressus  (15.1-25.0  mm  CW),  however 
crabs  this  size  were  absent  until  May,  1976  when 
clams  had  a  36.6  mm  mean  shell  length.  Small 
sample  sizes  also  limited  statistical  analyses  of 
data  on  the  less  abundant  species. 

Prey  size,  as  well  as  predator  size,  apparently 
affects  clam  mortality  levels.  The  mean  shell 
lengths  (SL  in  mm)  of  live  and  dead  clams  (i.e. 
empty  shells)  increased  linearly  after  time  of  plant- 
ing (x  =  time  in  months).  The  regressions  are: 

live  clams  x  SL  =  1.69x  +  4.76;  and 

dead  clams  x  SL  =  1.31x  +  3.37, 

with  r  values  of  0.99  and  0.96  respectively.  These 
linear     regressions     are     significantly     different 


TABLE  2.  Analysis  of  crab  stomach  contents  containing  clam  shell  bits.  Percent  occurrence  is  based  on 
those  crabs  with  food.  Crab  size  class  intervals  are  small  <  25.0  mm  carapace  width  (CW),  medium 
15.1-25.0  mm  CW  and  large  >  25.0  mm  CW. 


Carapace 

Number 

Clam 

%  Occurrence 

Crab  Species                         Width 

Examined 

Food 

Shells 

Arthropods 

Plants 

Grit 

Panopeus  herbstii                 Small 

92 

76.1 

10.0 

20.0 

44.3 

100.0 

Medium 

119 

87.4 

15.4 

18.3 

38.5 

100.0 

Large 

68 

97.1 

31.8 

31.8 

43.9 

100.0 

Total 

279 

86.0 

18.3 

22.5 

41.7 

100.0 

Callinectes  sapidus               Small 

3 

100.0 

0 

0 

33.3 

100.0 

Medium 

1 

100.0 

0 

0 

0 

100.0 

Large 

4 

100.0 

50.0 

50.0 

25.0 

100.0 

Total 

8 

100.0 

25.0 

25.0 

25.0 

100.0 

Menippe  mercenaria            Small 

7 

71.4 

20.0 

40.0 

20.0 

100.0 

Large 

1 

100.0 

100.0 

0 

0 

100.0 

Total 

8 

75.0 

33.3 

33.3 

16.7 

100.0 

Eurypanopeus  depressus     Small 

4 

100.0 

25.0 

0 

50.0 

100.0 

Medium 

6 

83.3 

0 

0 

40.0 

100.0 

Large 

3 

100.0 

66.7 

33.3 

66.7 

100.0 

Total 

13 

92.3 

25.0 

8.3 

50.0 

100.0 

PREDATION  ON  CLAMS 


45 


50. 


%     40J 
WITH 
CLAM 
SHELLS 

3Q 


20. 


10 


LJ  Large  Crabs     0250mm) 
(ZI  Medium  Crabs(  15  I  -250mm) 
Ul  Small  Crabs(il5.0mm) 


A     S 
1975 


0      N     D 


J      F 


n 

M     A      M     J      J      A 

i 

97« 

S      0      N      D 


FIGURE  1.  Percent  P.  herbstii  containing  food  with  clam  shell  bits  plotted  against  sampling  month.  At 
any  date  the  percentage  of  crabs  containing  food  with  shell  bits  is  represented  by  the  entire  histogram. 
Representatives  of  each  size  class  interval  were  found  in  all  collections  except  6/75  when  no  large  crabs 
were  found. 


(P<0.01)  suggesting  clam  size  as  an  integral  com- 
ponent of  predation.  As  clam  size  increased  the 
percentage  of  P.  herbstii  containing  clam  shell  bits 
decreased  (Figure  1).  Also  the  proportion  of  large 
P.  herbstii  with  shell  bits  increased  from  40%  in 
1975  to  67%  in  1976.  Only  large  P.  herbstii  con- 
tained shell  bits  one  year  after  planting.  Over  the 
same  period,  mortality  of  clams  decreased  from  a 
high  of  30.2%  to  a  relatively  constant  low  mor- 
tality of  approximately  0.5%  per  month  by 
March,  1976.  (Figure  2). 

The  abundance  and  mean  size  of  P.  herbstii 
varied  throughout  the  experimental  period  (Figure 
3).  This  variation  could  be  due  to  several  cohorts 


in  the  crab  population.  The  mean  size  of  crabs  was 
greatest  in  the  warmer  months  (i.e.  June  -  Oc- 
tober). Laboratory  observations  indicate  that  in  P. 
herbstii  20.0  mm  CW  was  the  minimum  size 
necessary  for  successful  predation  upon  clams 
above  11.5  mm  SL  (the  approximate  planting 
size).  The  percentage  of  the  crab  population  above 
this  minimum  successful  predator  size  changed 
significantly  (P<0.05)  throughout  the  year  with 
the  greatest  percentage  in  the  summer  (i.e.  June, 
July,  and  August).  Also  the  average  number  of  P. 
herbstii  above  20  mm  CW  was  significantly 
(P<0.05)  greater  during  the  summer  than  fall, 
winter  and  spring.  This  seasonal  variation  of  P. 


46 


J.M.  WHETSTONE  AND  A.G.  EVERSOLE 


jIjIaIsIoInId 

1975 


40 


30 


'     2 
2 

20£ 


I0IX 


JlFlMlAlMlJ  |J  lAlSlOlNlO 
1976 


FIGURE  2.  Percent  mortality  of  clams  and  mean  shell  length  of  live  clams  grown  in  20  protected  trays 
plotted  against  sampling  date.  (P.  ].  Eldridge  and  A.  G.  Eversole,  unpublished  data). 


herbstii  allows  speculation  into  some  methods  of 
predator  control. 

DISCUSSION 
Callinectes  sapidus,  Carcinus  maenas,  and 
Menippe  mercenaria  have  been  documented  as 
major  predators  of  the  hard  clam,  Mercenaria 
mercenaria  (Belding,  1912;  Carriker,  1951;  God- 
win, 1968;  Haven  and  Andrews,  1957;  Loosanoff, 
1946;  Menzel,  Cake,  Haines,  Martin  and  Olsen, 
1976;  Menzel  and  Sims,  1962).  Callinectes  sapidus 
and  Menippe  mercenaria  have  been  suspected  of 
causing  100%  mortality  in  hard  clams  planted  in 
unprotected  plots  in  Georgia  and  Florida  (God- 
win, 1968;  Menzel  and  Sims,  1962).  Haven  and 
Andrews  (1957)  reported  C.  sapidus  as  the  major 
predator  of  hard  clams  planted  in  suspended  trays 
in  Virginia.  Other  decapods  have  been  proposed 
as  predators  of  hard  clams.  Eldridge  et  al.  (1976) 
suggested  mud  crabs,  members  of  the  Xanthidae 


family,    were    important    predators    of    clams    in 
South  Carolina. 

Callinectes  sapidus  and  Menippe  mercenaria 
comprised  less  than  1%  of  the  potential  predators 
collected  and  could  not  be  the  major  cause  of  mor- 
tality in  our  culture  system.  Clam  shell  bits  were 
found  in  only  four  species  of  predators,  three  of 
which  were  xanthid  crabs.  The  xanthid  crab,  P. 
herbstii.  appeared  to  be  the  most  important 
predator  in  this  system.  To  date  no  specific  men- 
tion has  been  made  of  P.  herbstii  as  a  predator  of 
the  hard  clam,  although  McDermott  (1960)  cited  a 
predator-prey  interaction  between  P.  herbstii  and 
Crassostrea  virginica.  Carriker  (1959)  and  Landers 
(1954*  also  cited  Neopanope  texana.  a  xanthid 
crab,  as  an  effective  predator  of  seed  clams. 

Prey  and  predator  size  appear  to  be  major  fac- 
tors in  the  Panopeus  herbstii  -  Mercenaria 
mercenaria     interaction.     Menzel     and     Hopkins 


PREDATION  ON  CLAMS 


47 


(1956)  observed  that  the  size  of  the  Menippe 
mercenaria  limits  this  xanthid  crabs  ability  to 
prey  on  oysters.  Our  findings  indicate  that  larger 
P.  herbstii  preyed  more  successfully  on  clams 
than  smaller  crabs.  Also,  the  proportion  of  small 
and  medium  crabs  containing  clam  shell  bits 
decreased  as  clam  size  increased.  A  major  decline 
in  mortality  was  observed  as  clams  grew  larger, 
and  the  percent  of  P.  herbstii  containing  shell  bits 
declined  from  50%  when  clams  averaged  15.5  mm 
SL  to  less  than  5%  after  clams  reached  an  average 
size  of  38.4  mm  SL.  Carriker  (1959)  observed  that 
a  larger  initial  planting  size  significantly  reduced 
mortality  of  clams  in  unprotected  plots.  Assuming 
that  predatory  activity  of  P.  herbstii  was  limited 
by  clam  size,  planting  larger  clams  should  reduce 
mortalities. 

Crabs  may  be  selecting  the  smaller  clams  in  the 
trays.  The  regression  for  mean  shell  lengths  of  live 
clams  against  time  (months)  was  significantly 
greater  than  the  regression  for  the  mean  shell 
lengths  of  dead  clams.  Furthermore  this  regression 
for  live  clams  was  significantly  greater  than  a 
regression  representing  the  projected  sizes  of  dead 
clams  if  the  dead  clams  had  the  opportunity  to 
grow  throughout  each  sampling  interval.  The  pro- 
jected size  was  computed  by  adding  the  mean  shell 
length  of  dead  clams  and  an  increment  equivalent 
to  shell  growth  of  live  clams  for  the  appropriate 
sampling  interval.  McDermott  (1960)  suspected 
that  P.  herbstii  selected  thinner-shelled  oysters. 
Cake  (1970)  found  no  prey  size  selectivity  by  C. 
sapidus  and  Menippe  mercenaria  when  offered 
sunray  venus  clams,  Macrocallista  nimbosa. 
Smaller  species  of  crabs  may  not  have  the  ability 
to  open  the  larger  and  /or  thicker-shelled  molluscs. 
Smaller  species  of  crabs  such  as  P.  herbstii  may 
therefore  exhibit  more  prey  size  selection  than 
larger  crab  species.  If  the  larger  crabs  are  more 
capable  of  preying  on  a  wide  variety  of  clam  sizes 
or  thicknesses,  then  prey  size  selectivity  probably 
will  not  be  pronounced.  This  may  explain,  in  part, 
why  Cake  (1970)  observed  no  size  selectivity  with 
C.  sapidus  and  Menippe  mercenaria. 

Menzel  and  Hopkins  (1956)  found  lower  mor- 
talities in  oysters  in  Louisiana  during  the  winter, 
and  predation  by  Menippe  mercenaria  was  not 
observed  below  10 °C.  Similarly  we  observed 
lower  mortalities  in  the  winter  months  when  water 


% 
S 


-14 


j  1  j  Ia  Is  lo  In  lo  jIfImIaImIjIjuIsIoInId 
1973  1976 

FIGURE  3.  Smoothed  means  of  carapace  widths 
(in  mm)  of  P.  herbstii  from  trays  plotted  against 
mean  sampling  dates.  Histograms  show  percen- 
tages of  sampled  crabs  with  carapace  widths  larger 
than  20  mm. 


temperatures  approached  8°C.  Less  activity  by  the 
crabs  in  the  winter  would  contribute  to  this  lower 
observed  mortality.  Lower  mortality  also  cor- 
responded to  the  presence  of  fewer  P.  herbstii  and 
a  smaller  percentage  above  the  minimum  effective 
predator  size  during  winter. 

Time  of  planting  and  clam  size  should  be  con- 
sidered in  formulating  any  management  program 
for  extensive  clam  culture  operations.  Planting 
clams  in  the  late  fall  should  improve  survival  of 
seed  because  predator  populations  are  then  at 
lower  levels.  Also,  there  are  fewer  large  predators, 
and  predators  are  generally  less  active  during 
cooler  months.  In  addition,  during  this  period 
clams  have  an  opportunity  to  grow  to  a  size  that 


48 


J.M.  WHETSTONE  AND  A.G.  EVERSOLE 


will  limit  predation  by  the  smaller  crabs.  If 
selected  planting  times  and  clam  sizes  were  used 
with  other  techniques  such  as  aggregate  protection 
to  effectively  reduce  predation,  clam  culture  can 
be  successful  and  profitable  even  in  areas  where 
predators  abound. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
The  senior  author  wishes  to  thank  Drs.  P.  J. 
Eldridge  (South  Carolina  Wildlife  and  Marine 
Resources  Department)  and  A.  G.  Eversole  for  the 
unpublished  data  on  clam  growth  and  mortality. 
Special  thanks  are  also  due  Wayne  Waltz  and 
George  Steele  for  their  assistance  in  field  collec- 
tions. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Belding,  D.  L.  1912.  The  quahog  fishery  of 
Massachusetts.  Comm.  Mass.  Dept.  Conserv. 
Mar.  Fish.  2:1-41. 

Cake,  E.  W.,  Jr.  1970.  Some  predator-prey  rela- 
tionships involving  the  sunray  venus  clam, 
Macrocallista  nimbosa  (Lightfoot)  (Pelecypoda: 
Veneridae)  along  the  gulf  coast  of  Florida.  M.S. 
Thesis,  Florida  State  University,  Tallahassee, 
Florida,  169  pp. 

Carriker,  M.  R.  1951.  Observations  on  the 
penetration  of  tightly  closing  bivalves  by 
Busy  con  and  other  predators.  Ecology  32:73-83. 

Carriker,  M.  R.  1959.  The  role  of  physical  and 
biological  factors  in  the  culture  of  Crassostrea 
and  Mercenaria  in  a  salt-water  pond.  Ecol. 
Monogr.  29:219-266. 

Castagna,  M.  A.,  L.  W.  Mason  and  F.  C.  Briggs. 
1970.  Hard  clam  culture  method  developed  at 
VIMS.  Va.  Inst.  Mar.  Sci.,  Sea  Grant  Advisory 
Ser.  No  4,  3  pp. 

Eldridge,  P.  J.,  W.  Waltz,  R.  C.  Gracy  and  H.  H. 
Hunt.  1976.  Growth  and  mortality  rates  of 
hatchery  seed  clams,  Mercenaria  mercenaria,  in 
protected  trays  in  waters  of  South  Carolina. 
Proc.  Natl.  Shellfish.  Assoc.  66:13-20. 

Godwin,  W.  F.  1968.  The  growth  and  survival  of 
planted  clams,  Mercenaria  mercenaria,   on  the 


Georgia  coast.  Georgia  Game  and  Fish.  Comm. 
Contrib.  Ser.  9:1-16. 

Gracy,  R.  C.  1974.  Management  and  development 
of  the  shellfish  industry  in  South  Carolina. 
Ann.  Rept.  on  Project  2-179-D  in  Coop,  with 
Natl.  Mar.  Fish.  Sen/.,  Dept.  of  Commerce. 
Under  Public  Law  88-309,  22  pp. 

Gracy,  R.  C.  and  W.  J.  Keith.  1975.  Management 
and  development  of  the  shellfish  industry  in 
South  Carolina.  Final  Rept.  on  Project  2-  179-D 
in  Coop,  with  Natl.  Mar.  Fish.  Serv.,  Dept  of 
Commerce.  Under  Public  Law  88-309,  110  pp. 

Haven,  D.  and  J.  D.  Andrews.  1957.  Survival  and 
growth  of  Venus  mercenaria,  Venus  campech- 
iensis.  and  their  hybrids  in  suspended  trays  and 
on  natural  bottoms.  Proc.  Natl.  Shellfish. 
Assoc.  47:43-49. 

Hynes,  H.  B.  N.  1950.  The  food  of  fresh-water 
sticklebacks  (Gasterosteus  aculeatus  and  Pyg- 
osteus  pungitius).  with  a  review  of  methods  us- 
ed in  studies  of  the  food  of  fishes.  J.  Anim.  Ecol. 
19:36-58. 

Landers,  W.  S.  1954.  Notes  on  the  predation  of 
the  hard  clam.  Venus  mercenaria,  by  the  mud 
crab,  Neopanope  texana.  Ecology  35:422. 

Loosanoff,  V.  L.  1946.  Commercial  clams  of  the 
Atlantic  Coast  of  the  United  States.  U.  S.  Fish 
Wildlife  Service  Leaflet  13:1-13. 

McDermott,  J.  J.  1960.  The  predation  of  oysters 
and  barnacles  by  crabs  of  the  family  Xanthidae. 
Proc.  Pa.  Acad.  Sci.  34:199-211. 

Menzel,  R.  W.,  E.  W.  Cake,  M.  L.  Haines,  R.  E. 
Martin,  and  L.  A.  Olsen.  1976.  Clam 
mariculture  in  Northwest  Florida:  Field  study 
on  predation.  Proc.  Natl.  Shellfish.  Assoc. 
65:59-62. 

Menzel,  R.  W.  and  S.  H.  Hopkins.  1956.  Crabs  as 
predators  of  oysters  in  Louisana.  Proc.  Natl. 
Shellfish.  Assoc.  46:177-184. 

Menzel,  R.  W.  and  H.  W.  Sims.  1962.  Experimen- 
tal farming  of  hard  clams,  Mercenaria 
mercenaria  in  Florida.  Proc.  Natl.  Shellfish. 
Assoc.  53:103-109. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


SEASONAL  ASPECTS  OF  THE  BIOLOGY,  DISTRIBUTION  AND 

RELATIVE  ABUNDANCE  OF  THE  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 

GERYON  QUINQUEDENS  SMITH,  IN  THE  VICINITY  OF  THE 

NORFOLK  CANYON,  WESTERN  NORTH  ATLANTIC1,2 

Paul  A.  Haefner,  Jr.3 

VIRGINIA  INSTITUTE  OF  MARINE  SCIENCE 
GLOUCESTER  POINT,  VIRGINIA  23062 

ABSTRACT 

Deep-sea  red  crabs  were  collected  from  demersal  trawl  surveys  of  Norfolk  Canyon 
and  an  adjacent  open  slope  area  in  the  Chesapeake  Bight  of  the  western  North  Atlantic 
Ocean.  The  surveys  were  made  in  each  of  four  seasons  over  a  period  of  three  years. 
The  2539  red  crabs  caught  ranged  from  16mm  to  143  mm  in  carapace  length  (CL).  Rela- 
tionships between  CL  and  carapace  width  (CW)  were  derived  for  308  males  and  for  269 
females.  Wet  weight  to  CL  relationships  were  derived  for  238  males  and  for  142 
females. 

Red  crabs  were  contagiously  distributed  within  the  total  depth  range  of  capture  (200- 
1800m)  as  well  as  within  the  300-1000  m  range  of  most  consistent  catches.  They  were 
equally  abundant  in  canyon  and  slope  regions  in  the  four  seasons.  The  majority  of  the 
population  inhabits  bottom  water  deeper  than  400  m  arid  overlain  by  cold,  well- 
oxygenated  water. 

Over  50%  of  all  red  crabs  were  larger  than  96  mm  CL  (114  mm  CW),  the  minimum 
size  presently  acceptable  to  processing  plants.  This  proportion  varied  by  sex,  season 
and  depth.  Potentailly  marketable  male  crabs  constituted  70%  of  total  males  caught, 
whereas  less  than  25%  of  females  exceeded  96  mm  CL.  Seasonally  the  proportions  were 
consistent  for  males,  but  varied  for  females.  The  proportion  of  large  males  was  consis- 
tent over  most  of  the  depth  range  (200-1600  m).  Most  of  the  larger  females  were  cap- 
tured in  water  shallower  than  600  m. 

An  inverse  relationship  between  water  depth  and  crab  size  was  evident  for  females 
from  200-1500  m;  for  males  only  in  the  200-500  m  depth  range.  The  mean  size  of  males 
caught  deeper  than  600  m  was  fairly  stable. 

Females  were  more  abundant  than  males  in  samples  shallower  than  600  m:  males 
dominated  catches  in  deeper  water. 

A  spawning  cycle  is  suggested  although  ovigerous  females  were  captured  in  all 
seaons.  Peak  incidence  of  ovigerous  females  occurs  in  November  characterized  by  a 
high  percentage  of  late  stage  eggs  and  a  peak  incidence  of  recently  extruded  eggs.  The 

Research  cruises  supported  by  National  Science  Foundation  Grant  GA-37561,   J.  A.  Musick.  principal  investigator,   by  the 
University  of  Virginia  Institutional  Grant  Program;  and  NOAA,  Office  of  Sea  Grant  (NO.  04-3-158-49)  tor  P.A.H.  participation. 

Contribution  No.  830,  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science. 

Present  Address:  Department  of  Biology,  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology,  Rochester,  New  York  14623. 

49 


50 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


ovarian  cycle  of  non-ovigerous  females  complements  the  spawning  pattern.  From  June 
through  November,  an  increase  in  incidence  of  developing  ovaries  urns  accompanied 
by  a  decrease  in  advanced  and  mature  ovaries.  Absence  of  mature  ovaries  in 
November  complements  the  peak  incidence  of  ovigerous  females  at  that  time. 

Relative  density  of  red  crabs  was  estimated  for  the  Norfolk  Canyon  area  and  com- 
pared with  values  from  other  areas  along  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States. 


INTRODUCTION 

Interest  in  Geryon  quinquedens  Smith  as  a 
marketable  species  has  been  slowly  increasing.  In- 
itial explorations  (Schroeder  1959;  McRae  1961) 
proved  that  red  crabs  were  readily  captured  with 
trawls  off  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States.  More 
recent  surveys  have  been  concerned  with 
estimating  fishery  potential  and  evaluating 
harvesting  methods,  both  in  the  United  States 
(Gray4;  Haefner  and  Musick,  1974;  Ganz  and  Her- 
rman5;  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray,  1975)  and 
in  Africa  (Dias  and  Machado6;  LeLoeuff,  Intes  and 
LeGuen,  1974;  Intes  and  LeLoeuff,  1976) 
Technological  and  economic  aspects  of  harvesting 
have  also  been  under  investigation  (Varga,  Dewar 
and  Anderson,  1969;  Meade  and  Gray,  1973; 
Holmsen  and  McAllister,  1974) 

Other  than  the  data  obtained  by  Haefner  and 
Musick  (1974)  and  Wigley,  et  al.  (1975),  which 
were  restricted  to  one  period  of  sampling,  obser- 
vations on  the  biology  of  Geryon  have  been  super- 
ficial. This  paper  supplements  the  survey  of 
Haefner  and  Musick  (1974)  by  presenting  seasonal 
data  on  distribution,  relative  abundance  and 
reproductive  biology  of  red  crabs  in  the 
Chesapeake  Bight  area  of  the  western  North 
Atlantic  Ocean. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 
Deep-sea  red  crabs  were  collected  during  demer- 
sal fish  trawl  surveys  of  Norfolk  Canyon  and  an 


4  Gray,  G.  W.,  Jr.  1969,  Investigation  of  the  basic  life  history 
of  the  red  crab  (Geryon  quinquedens).  Rhode  Island  Div. 
Cons.  Completion  Rep.  (P.L.  88-309,  Proj.  3-46-R),  pp.36. 

s  Ganz,  A.  R.  and  J.  F.  Hermann,  1975.  Investigations  into  the 
southern  New  England  red  crab  fishery.  Rhode  Island  Dept. 
Nat.  Res.  Div.  Fish.  Wild].  Mar.  Fish.  Sec.  pp.  78. 

6  Dias,  C.  A.  and  J.  F.  S.  Machado.  1974.  Preliminary  report 
on  the  distribution  and  relative  abundance  of  deep-sea  red 
crab  (Geryon  sp.)  off  Angola,  8  p.  In:  Scientific  papers  pre- 
sented to  the  second  session  of  the  International  Commis- 
sion for  the  Southeast  Atlantic  Fisheries  (Madrid,  December 
1973),  M.  E.  Bioceanol.  Pescas,  Angola,  12,  pp.  75. 


adjacent  open  slope  area  in  the  Chesapeake  Bight 
region  of  the  western  North  Atlantic  Ocean 
(Figure  1.)  Four  surveys,  one  in  each  season,  were 
made  during  a  period  of  three  years  using  Univer- 
sity of  Miami  vessels  R/V  Columbus  O.  Iselin  and 
fames  M.  Gilliss  (Table  1).  The  sampling  gear  con- 
sisted of  15.1  m  (headrope)  semi-balloon,  4-  seam 
shrimp  trawls  equipped  with  plastic  mud-  rollers 
and  steel  China  V-doors.  The  nets  were  nylon  of 
the  following  stretch  mesh:  44  mm  body,  37  mm 
intermediate,  36  mm  codend  and  12  mm  inner 
liner.  Thirty-minute  tows  were  made  in  depth 
strata  less  than  1000  m;  tow  time  was  one  hour  at 
deeper  stations. 

Initially,  an  equal  number  of  tows  was  to  have 
been  made  in  each  of  four  depth  strata  (75-150  m, 
150-400  m,  400-1000  m,  1000-2000  m)  in  the  can- 
yon and  slope  areas.  Variations  in  actual  depth  of 
tows,  encounters  with  bottom  types  prohibitive  to 
trawling  and  cruise  time  limitations  combined  to 
alter  the  program.  The  realized  effort  is  presented 
in  Table  1.  Mean  trawl  depths  were  calculated 
from  depths  recorded  at  start  and  finish  and  at  3- 
minute  intervals  during  each  tow. 

All  red  crabs  were  processed  at  sea.  Carapace 
width  (CW,  distance  between  the  tips  of  the  lateral 
spines)  and  carapace  length  (CL,  distance  from  the 
diastema  between  the  rostral  teeth  to  the  posterior 
edge  of  the  carapace,  along  the  midline)  were 
measured  to  the  nearest  millimeter.  The  latter 
measurement  was  emphasized  based  on  recom- 
mendations of  Gray".  Accuracy  in  weighing, 
which  was  done  aboard  ship,  depended  on  sea 
state  conditions.  In  most  cases,  weight  was  record- 
ed to  the  nearest  gram;  some  larger  specimens 
were  weighed  to  the  nearest  decigram. 

Females  were  examined  for  evidence  of  egg  ex- 
trusion and  hatching.  Color  of  eggs  was  noted  for 
most  females.  External  eggs  from  selected 
ovigerous  females  were  examined  microscopically 
to  relate  developmental  stage  to  egg  color. 
Developmental  stages  of  ovaries  of  selected  non- 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


51 


76c 


75< 


74' 


73c 


38c 


37c 


36° 


76° 


75° 


74c 


38c 


37< 


36< 


73c 


FIGURE  1.  Chart  of  the  Cheapeake  Bight  region  of  the  western  North  Atlantic  region  showing  shelf  (SH), 
canyon  (C)  and  open  slope  (S)  trawl  survey  areas  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Norfolk  Canyon.  Isobaths  in 
fathoms. 


ovigerous  females  were  classified  as  described  in 
Haefner  (1977). 

Temperature  and  salinity  of  near-bottom  water 
strata  were  monitored  at  trawl  stations  as  well  as 
at  independent  hydrographic  stations.  A  variety 
of  instruments  was  used  including  bathyther- 
mographs, expendable  bathythermographs,  a 
salinity-temperature  depth  recorder  and  reversing 
thermometers.  Dissolved  oxygen  concentration  of 
near-bottom  water  samples  was  determined  by 
Winkler  titration. 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

Profiles  of  near-bottom  (within  5-100  m  of 
recorded  depth)  temperature  and  dissolved  ox- 
ygen concentration  (D.O.)  for  the  four  cruises  are 


presented  in  Figure  2.  In  all  cases  the  data  for  can- 
yon and  slope  areas  are  combined.  The  June  plot 
reflects  only  data  taken  in  conjunction  with  trawl 
stations;  the  other  three  plots  include  data  from 
hydrographic  and  trawl  stations.  Only  data  from 
stations  shallower  than  1600  m  are  included. 

Throughout  the  year  temperature  of  near-  bot- 
tom water  was  indirectly  proportional  to  depth  at 
depths  exceeding  100  m  (Figure  2).  A  large 
temperature  gradient  from  13 °C  to  6  °C  existed 
between  100  and  500  m.  Below  500  m, 
temperature  decreased  gradually  to  4°  C  at  1600 
m. 

Oxygen  minima  were  associated  with  the  ther- 
mal gradient  (Figure  2).  They  were  particularly 
obvious  in  June  and  November  when  D.O.  values 


52 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


TABLE  1.  Norfolk  Canyon  demersal  trawl  fishing  effort,  expressed  as  number  of  tows,  in  the  ca)iyon  (C) 
and  on  adjacent  open  slope  (S)  by  season  and  by  depth  strata  between  200  m  and  1800  m. 


Depth 

Stratum 

(m) 


Spring  Summer  Fall  Winter 

4-16  June  73         9-20  September  75  13-25  November  74   22-31  January  76 
QS  CS  CS  CS 


201-  300 
301-  400 


401- 
501- 
601- 

701- 
801- 


500 
600 
700 
800 
900 


901-1000 
1001-1200 
1201-1400 
1401-1600 
1601-1800 

TOTAL 


6 

1 

3 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

5 

3 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

2 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

0 

1 

3 

4 

1 

1 

2 

0 

1 

2 

0 

0 

2 

1 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

2 

2 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

2 

2 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

0 

0 

1 

3 

1 

2 

0 

3 

1 

2 

1 

0 

3 

0 

2 

18 

15 

18 

12 

12 

13 

11 

12 

of  4.6  mg/liter  were  detected  in  near-bottom 
water  within  the  200-400  m  depth  range.  Between 
400  m  and  800  m  D.O.  increased  to  8  mg  'liter, 
which  persisted  to  a  depth  of  1600  m. 

Except  for  shelf  stations  shallower  than  200  m, 
salinity  of  near-bottom  water  was  consistently 
between  35  %  and  36  % . 

The  2539  red  crabs  caught  during  these  cruises 
ranged  from  lb  mm  to  143  mm  in  carapace  lenth 
(CL).  For  purposes  of  comparing  carapace  length 
with  carapace  width  (CW)  reported  in  other 
papers,  the  following  relationships  were  derived 
for  308  males,  CL  range  18-138  mm: 

CW  =  8.74  +  1.09  CL,  r  =  0.98 
and  for  the  269  females,  CL  range  23-116  mm: 
CW  =  11.04  +  1.0b  CL,  r  =  0.98 

Male  crabs  attain  a  larger  size  than  females.  The 
largest  male  crab  caught  measured  143  mm  CL 
and  weighed  1200  g;  the  largest  female  was  123 
mm  CL  and  weighed  510  g.  The  following  wet 
weight-  length  relationships  were  derived  for  238 
males  ranging  from  3  g  to  1200  g: 

log  male  weight  =  -3.58  +  3.14  log  CL, 
r  =  0.99  and  for  142  females  ranging  from  4  g  to 
510  g: 

log  female  weight  =  -3.13  +  2.88  log  CL, 
r  =  0.97. 


Although  the  size  frequency  distributions 
(Figure  3)  indicate  that  the  red  crab  is  obviously 
not  vulnerable  to  the  trawl  gear,  certain  modal 
groups  (CL)  were  recognized  in  nearly  every 
season.  The  most  obvious  were  the  90-130  mm 
group  for  males  and  the  75-110  mm  group  for 
females.  Other  modal  groups,  such  as  50-90  mm 
for  males  and  50-75  mm  for  females  were  less  ob- 
vious. Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray  (1975),  in  a 
survey  extending  from  offshore  Maryland  north- 
eastward to  Corsair  Canyon  on  Georges  Bank, 
observed  similar  modal  groups  for  male  crabs. 
Their  female  size  frequency  curve,  however,  did 
not  indicate  a  well-defined  intermediate  group. 
On  the  other  hand,  their  well-defined  peak  for  red 
crabs  less  than  30  mm  CL  was  missing  from  Nor- 
folk Canyon  samples. 

Analysis  of  the  Norfolk  Canyon  data  using  a 
three-point  moving  average,  with  subsequent 
calculation  and  plotting  of  percent  cumulative  fre- 
quency on  probability  paper  was  encouraging. 
Thirteen  to  fifteen  smaller,  less  pronounced  modes 
were  detected  which  suggest  molt  classes  within 
the  larger  modal  groups.  If,  indeed,  the  smaller 
modes  were  representative  of  molt  classes,  a  6  to 
11  percent  range  in  growth  increment  (CL)  is  sug- 
gested. This  range  is  comparable  to  four  of  the  five 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


53 


TEMPERATURE  (C)    AND    DISSOLVED  OXYGEN  (rug/liter) 
4        6         6         10        12        14        16  .4         6         6         10       12        14 


LONG   CARAPACE  WIDTH       (mm) 


FIGURE  2.  Seasonal  profiles  of  temperature  (T) 
and  dissolved  oxygen  (D.O.)  of  near-bottom 
water  in  relation  to  depth  in  the  Norfolk  Canyon 
and  adjacent  shelf  and  slope  area. 


observations  (6.7,  8.5,  8.9,  10.4,  18.1%)  of  Gray4 
of  crabs  molting  in  the  laboratory.  One  red  crab 
molting  at  VIMS  increased  in  length  by  13.8%. 


FIGURE  3.  Seasonal  size  frequency  distributions 
of  Geryon  quinquedens.  Males  are  plotted  above 
the  line;  females  below.  Black  areas  indicate 
ovigerous  individuals  and  those  with  egg  rem- 
nants on  the  pleopods. 

Vertical  arrows  indicate  present  acceptable 
market  size.  Scales  for  carapace  length  and 
carapace  width  are  included  for  comparative  pur- 
poses. 

Crabs  less  than  70  mm  CL  were  poorly 
represented  in  the  June  sample  (3%  of  the  catch), 
but  they  made  up  an  increasingly  larger  propor- 
tion of  the  catch  through  September  (13.8%)  and 
November  (22.9%).  The  proportion  in  January 
(16.4%)  was  largely  due  to  the  absence  of  crabs 
less  than  50  mm  CL. 

Over  50%  of  all  Norfolk  Canyon  red  crabs  were 
larger  than  96  CL  (114  mm  CW),  the  minimum 
size  presently  acceptable  to  processing  plants 
(Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray,  1975).  This  pro- 
portion varied  by  sex,  season  and  depth  (Table  2). 


54 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


in 

O 

m 

(N 

m 

ro 

o 

m 

m 

~ 

o» 

# 

in 

(N 

in 

rH 

00 

tN 

rH 

nO 

o 

o 

O 

«*' 

o 

(N 

f 

(N 

(N 

rM 

10 

"^ 

E 

Ol 

m 

m 

^i" 

^f 

o 

O 

(N 

r-i 

On 

nO 

ra 

O 

in 

>, 
-G 

< 

PL, 

Z 

o 

00 

in 

— 

O 

rH 

rH 

m 

— i 

m 

rO 

-^ 

rH 

o 

rH 

— 

"^ 

H 

nO 

o 

O 

m 

rH 

t^ 

t-^. 

ro 

rg 

o 

r-4 

r-) 

O 
H 

^ 

ID 

<N 

nO 

t~^ 

o 

t^ 

ro 

O 

O 

o 

ro 

o 

o 

Q 

41 

in 

O 

00 

t^ 

<o 

m 

m 

00 

IN 

00 

NO 

fN 

•£ 

13 

a. 

2 

o 

00 

^f 

vO 

rH 

o 

t^ 

IN 

In 

m 

On 

rH 

<N 

^ 

2 

no 

00 

^o 

r  1 

m 

T 

m 

n^ 

rH 

t-H 

00 

"^3 

,—i 

"* 

rO 

r-t 

rH 

•^< 

^ 

T—t 

-c 

00 

<N 

o 

O 

rA 

tX) 

U 

# 

rO 

o' 

(N 

d 

o 

o 

O 

C> 

m 

rH 

<N 

m 

r* 

cs 

fl 

>-■ 

£ 

at 

o 

m 

(N 

t^ 

"* 

OO 

On 

o 

r^ 

o 

o 

o 

*r 

ci 

PL, 

z 

H 

Vj 

Vj 

ro 

rO 

£ 

< 

T-* 

rO 

E 

D 

CnJ 

IN 

t^ 

o 

On 

IN 

nO 

NO 

On 

Z 

< 

jy 

1< 
00 

oo 

m 

00 

nO 
Pn) 

rO 

in 

00 

in 

nO 

O 

1  ■ 

13 

2 

o 

o 

fN 

m 

^H 

"3" 

0 

o 

in 

o 

o 

o 

"3" 

bp 

z 

1"H 

IN 

m 

(N 

in 

00 

0 

_s 

r-i 

00 

[^ 

0 

o 

'S' 

11 

sP 

i — i 

in 

"-1 

o 

d 

o 

IN 

a 
a 

es 

E 

UJ 

01 

o 

ro 

O 

I  V 

IN 

■t 

ro 

o 

O 

o 

rH 

o 

ro 

CO 

2 

PL, 

z 

(N 

00 

m 

rH 

bo 

UJ 

ro 

ro 

ro 

NO 

C^ 

r-4 

o 

rM 

rO 

^ 

> 

£ 

o 

rs 

d 

(N 

d 

^1" 

oo 

d 

rO 

^t" 

O 

z 

S 

2 

t— 1 

rO 

O 

0 

rH 

00 

m 

nO 

00 

o 

rH 

m 

o 

nO 

On 

o 

nO 

ro 

H 

z 

— 1 

r0 

(N 

NO 

r—i 

ro 

T~i 

r~t 

cu 

fS 

r~* 

in 

Cu 

00 

« 

K 
0) 

tN 

00 

r—* 

o 

O 

^-* 

0) 

# 

in 

ro 

<> 

o 

o 

in 

o 

o 

d 

E3 

(N 

ro 

rH 

rs] 

5) 

S3. 

£ 

01 

in 

o 

O 

O 

fS 

■* 

o 

o 

00 

NO 

o 

o 

■f 

T- 

CO 

UL, 

z 

o 

m 

r0 

!-H 

r  1 

r-* 

— I 

cs 

2 

rs 

. 

uj 

m 

m 

O 

■* 

On 

O 

On 

o 

'S1 

"bo 
3 

H 

# 

(N 

o 

ro 

r-< 

O 

On 

ra 

o 

o 

ro 

^Oj 

vO 

0 

^> 

tx 

On 

IS 

nO 

00 

In 

CS 

LO 

13 

tj 

2 

00 

rH 

O 

o 

^O 

M" 

"* 

m 

m 

m 

o 

rH 

On 

c 

01 

z 

fS 

CO 

rH 

Tf 

o 

ro 

r-( 

In 

T—t 

— ■ 

rO 

-a 
i> 

■^< 

o 

rr> 

On 

M" 

3 

QJ 

# 

<* 

in 

*t 

r^ 

o 

o 

O^ 

O" 

■3" 

in 

r-l 

r* 

ro 

C 

Ctf 

'3 
a* 

E 

O) 

o 

00 

<N 

o 

t^ 

if 

o 

rH 

O 

o 

rH 

o 

■* 

u_ 

z 

00 

ro 

00 

T—t 

c 

UJ 

<N 

*# 

0 

z 

>. 

D 

IN 

q 

(N 

m 

r-4 

IN 

<v 

^ 

■^ 

d 

<N 

t>! 

(N 

d 

u 

11 

13 

o 

o 

t^ 

NO 

IN 

00 

o 

S 

o 

m 

(N 

o 

^0 

Cv 

o 

00 

o 

o 

o 

o 

nO 

^. 

z 

[H 

rH 

rn 

— i 

T—l 

0 

Cu 

rH 

^—< 

n 

-a 

S 

S 

— 

o 

Q 

Q 

o 

Q 

o 

o 

Q 

o 

o 

o 

o 

6 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

rJ 

(N 

ro 

-r 

m 

0 

[  V 

00 

On 

O 

o 

-r 

D 

00 

< 

o 

_CJ 

_c 

i 

-^ 

r-< 

rH 

^ 

^ 

H 

M 

-^ 

T—4 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

— 

r~* 

rH 

rH 

rH 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

O 

O 

o 

O 

O 

O 

o 

(N 

ro 

-T 

in 

vO 

IS 

00 

o 

o 

rg 

■* 

0 

r-i 

D 

r-< 

r^ 

r-< 

— 

Potentially  marketable  male  crabs  constituted 
70%  of  total  males  caught  whereas  less  than  25% 
of  the  females  exceeded  96  mm  CL,  a  reflection  of 
the  larger  ultimate  size  of  male  crabs.  Seasonally, 
the  proportions  were  consistent  for  males,  but 
varied  for  females.  A  high  proportion  of  females 
(39%)  in  June  reflected  the  absence  of  small  modal 
groups  at  that  time;  a  low  of  7.4%  in  November 
was  related  to  a  reduced  modal  group  of  large 
females. 

These  figures  are  markedly  higher  than  the 
percentage  (24%)  of  harvestable  crabs  in  the 
northeast  red  crab  survey  (Wigley,  Theroux  and 
Murray,  1975).  However,  any  comparisons  bet- 
ween the  two  geographic  areas  must  be  qualified. 
Differences  in  size  frequency  distributions  of  the 
two  populations  are  most  likely  related  to  the  dif- 
ferences in  sampling  methods. 

Comparison  with  other  geographic  regions  is 
further  complicated  by  difference  in  the  acceptable 
harvestable  size  as  well  as  in  method  of  catch.  For 
example,  the  minimum  size  of  red  crabs  for  the 
Ivory  Coast  of  Africa  is  84  mm  CL  (100  mmCW) 
(Intes  and  LeLeouff,  1976).  In  their  survey  70%  of 
the  total  catch  of  red  crabs  (38%  of  all  males)  was 
legal.  If  84  mm  CI  instead  of  96  mm  CI  was  the  ac- 
cepted minimum  market  size  in  the  Untied  States, 
the  percentage  of  potentially  marketable  male 
crabs  caught  in  the  Norfolk  Canyon  survey  would 
increase  from  70%  to  78%  and  the  percentage  of 
marketable  females  would  increase  from  50%  to 
65%. 

The  proportion  of  large  males  in  the  population 
was  consistent  over  most  of  the  depth  range 
(Table  2).  Most  of  the  larger  females  were  found  in 
relatively  shallow  water,  <600  m. 

The  inverse  relationship  between  water  depth 
and  crab  size  observed  by  Wigley,  Theroux  and 
Murray  (1975)  was  also  evident  for  females  from 
200  m  to  1500  m  and  for  males  only  in  the  200-500 
m  depth  range  in  the  Norfolk  Canyon  region 
(Figure  4).  The  mean  size  of  male  crabs  caught 
deeper  than  600  m  was  fairly  constant.  Apparent 
seasonal  variations  shown  in  Figure  4  are  due  to 
lack  of  samples  (Table  1)  and/or  low  number  of 
specimens  in  certain  depth  strata. 

Red  crabs  were  contagiously  distributed  within 
the  Norfolk  Canyon  survey  area  within  the  total 
depth  range  of  capture  (220-1800  m),  as  well  as 
within  the  300-1000  m  range  of  most  consistent 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


55 


I40t 


I30-- 


I20-- 


<s> 


£  iio- 


UJ 

o 

< 

Q. 
< 

< 


< 
a. 
< 

< 
O 


100 
90  - 
80-- 

30 

100 
90 


x 

o    80 


70-- 


60- 


50- 


40 


MALE 


200 


DEPTH    (m) 


FEMALE 


X 
o 


200  400  600  800  1000 

DEPTH    (m) 


1200 


1400 


400  600  800  1000  1200  1400  1600 


--I60 

-150  "g 

E 
--I40  -* 

x 

-130  q 

--I20 
ui 
o 

--no  < 

Q. 
< 

■-100$ 
o 

20 


110 

M00  E 


-90 


--80 


i 


O 

+  70  < 

Q- 
< 

cr 
< 

o 


1600 


FIGURE  4. 
and  for  all 
poses. 


Geryon  quinquedens.  Relation  of  mean  size  of  males  and  females  to  depth  according  to  season 
seasons  combimed.  Scales  for  carapace  length  and  width  are  included  for  comparative  pur- 


catches.  Because  there  was  an  excess  of  samples 
with  zero  catch  and  the  variance  exceeded  the 
mean  number  of  crabs  per  tow  (X=  23.3  within 
200-1800  m;  X=  39.5  within  300-1000  m),  catch 
data  were  transformed  (Elliott,  1971)  as  an  index 
of  abundance:  Y  =  "M'4|>      where  x  is  the 

number  of  red  crabs  caught  per  30  minute  tow  in 
any  given  stratum  and  n  is  the  number  of  tows  at 
any  given  depth.  Data  from  the  hour  long  tows 
were  adjusted  to  correspond  to  half  hour  tows. 


Red  crabs  were  significantly  (P  =  0.001)  more 
abundant  on  the  adjacent  slop  than  in  Norfolk 
Canyon  proper  (Figure  5).  Although  stratifying 
depth  by  100  m  and  200  m  intervals  emphasizes 
voids  in  actual  sampling  depth  (Table  1),  it  is  evi- 
dent that  the  distributional  depth  range  is  broad, 
from  200  to  1800  m  (actual  fishing  depth  range 
was  210  m  to  1725  m).  Most  hauls  were  successful 
in  catching  crabs  within  the  400-1000  m  zone  (ac- 
tual fishing  depth  405  m  to  1042  m)  where  relative 


56 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


B  i 


2/5       "- 


m 


3/  o 


1/1 

XL 


-B-£- 


1 

37/52 


301-      401-      501-     601-      701-      801-     901-     1001-     1201-    1401-    1601-  j 

300      400     500      600      700      800      900     1000    1200     1400    1600     1800 
DEPTH  (m) 

FIGURE  5.  Relative  abundance  of  Geryon  quin- 
quedens  by  area,  expressed  as  index  of  trans- 
formed mean  number  of  crabs  per  half-hour  tow 
within  each  depth  stratum.  Fraction  above  or 
below  each  bar  is  the  ratio  of  the  number  of  sta- 
tions at  which  red  crabs  were  captured  to  the  total 
number  of  stations  in  each  stratum. 

abundance  was  highest.  The  actual  distributional 
depth  range  is  most  likely  210-1565  m  because  the 
single  individual  recorded  for  the  1601-1800  m 
stratum  is  suspected  to  be  a  wash-down  from  a 
previous  sample. 

In  light  of  the  temperature-dissolved  oxygen- 
depth  relationship,  it  is  clear  that  the  majority  of 
the  red  crab  population  inhabits  bottom  waters 
deeper  than  400  m  which  are  overlain  by  cold, 
well-oxygenated  water  (Figures  2,5).  A  smaller 
percentage  of  tows  caught  crabs  in  the  shallower 
«400  m)  areas  where  warmer,  oxygen  minimum 
water  existed. 

Females  were  more  abundant  than  males  in 
samples  from  depths  shallower  than  600  m;  males 
dominated  the  catches  in  deeper  water  (Figures 
6,7H).  This  segregation  of  the  sexes  by  depth  has 


CANYON  AND  SLOPE 


I 


a* 


Ph 


201-     301-     401-      501-     601-     701-     801-     901-     1001-    1201-    1401-    1601- 

300      400     500      600      700     800     900      1000    1200     1400    1600    1800 

DEPTH    (m) 

FIGURE  6.  Relative  abundance  of  Geryon  quin- 
quedens  by  sex,  expressed  as  index  of  transformed 
mean  number  of  crabs  per  half-hour  tow  within 
each  depth  stratum. 


been  observed  in  other  areas.  In  Rhode  Island 
waters  Ganz  and  Herrman  (1975)  observed  a  lack 
of  females  between  700  m  and  915  m;  the  greatest 
percentage  of  males  was  caught  in  685-1110  m. 
The  survey  of  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray 
(1975)  indicated  a  marked  reduction  of  the 
number  of  females  in  water  deeper  than  500  m, 
where  males  predominated.  Basicallly  the  same 
pattern  was  observed  off  the  coasts  of  Angola 


CARAPACE    WIDTH  (mm) 
20  40   60  80  100120  140  160  170 


CARAPACE    WIDTH  (mm) 
20  40  60  80  100  120  140  160  1 70 


\j 


100 

E 

r~ 

80 

i 

60 

/ 

TOTAL 

40 

"*\        /SEPTEMBER 

20 

20    40    60    80  100   120  140  160  20    40    60    80  100  120  140  160 

.- '00 


60- 

CANY0N     U>  40 


<   20 


"\  /    N0VEMB 


20    40     60     80  100  120  140  I60K  20    40     60    80  100  120  140  160 


\  /         SLOPE 

V 


SIUU1 

£80- 

G 

/ 

O-  60- 

j 

/   JANUARY 

20- 

V 

/ 

20     40    60    80  100  120  140  160  20    40    60    80    100  120  140  160 

CARAPACE    LENGTH (mm) 


/ 


CARAPACE   LENGTH  (mm) 


DEPTH  (m) 


FIGURE  7.  Percentage  of  Male  Geryon  quin- 
quedens  by  size  and  depth.  Data  expressed  as 
probability  curves  for  total  catch,  area,  season 
and  depth.  Scales  for  carapace  length  and  width 
are  included  for  comparative  purposes. 

(Dias  and  Machado")  and  Abidjan  (Ivory  Coast) 
(LeLoeuff,  Intes  and  LeGuen,  1974;  Intes  and 
LeLoeuff,  1976):  the  largest  male  catch  was 
recorded  from  600-700m;  females  were  largely 
restricted  to  300-400  m.  A  400-600  m  zone  of  tran- 
sition was  recognized  wherein  males  and  females 
occurred  in  variable,  but  nearly  equal  numbers. 

The  combined,   four-cruise  male:  female  ratio 
was     1.28:1,     significantly     different    from     the 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


57 


theoretical  1:1  (Chi-Square,  P  =  0.01).  The  ratio 
varied  from  cruise  to  cruise  with  significant  dif- 
ferences (M:F)  in  September  (1.77:1),  November 
2.51:1)  and  June  (0.73:1).  The  0.88:1  ratio  in 
January  was  not  significant. 

The  presentation  of  sex  ratio  data  in  the  form  of 
probability  curves  (Wenner,  1972)  is  more  mean- 
ingful. Red  crab  data  were  tabulated  into  10  mm 
size  classes  and  the  sex  ratio  (as  percent  males) 
calculated  within  each  class  and  plotted.  The 
"anomalous"  pattern  shown  for  total  red  crab 
catch  (Figure  7A)  is  not  appreciably  different  than 
that  for  location  (Figure  7B,  C)  or  season  (Figure 
7D-G).  Scatter  about  the  curves  is  due  to  low 
numbers  of  individuals  in  the  smaller  size  classes. 
The  "anomalous"  pattern  is  consistent  with  the 
Fisher  theory  (Wenner,  1972)  in  which  a  1:1  off- 
spring production  is  favored  by  natural  selection, 
but  a  unique  deviation  from  the  1:1  ratio  is  il- 
lustrated for  older  or  larger  animals. 

The  observed  pattern  is  principally  a  function  of 
physical  size.  The  shape  of  the  curve  for  red  crabs 
exceeding  100  m  CL  is  determined  by  the  larger 
maximum  size  of  male  crabs.  Although  growth 
rate  and  longevity  are  presently  unknown  for 
Geryon,  it  is  known  that  females  reach  maturity  at 
65-75  mm  CL,  (Haefner,  1977)  and  continue  to 
molt  to  eventually  attain  at  least  116  mm  CL. 
Males  most  likely  reach  maturity  near  65-75  mm 
CL  but  attain  a  larger  maximum  size  than  females, 
either  by  more  frequent  molts,  larger  molt  in- 
crements, living  longer  or  by  a  combination 
thereof. 

The  paucity  of  males  and  an  accumulation  of 
females  distributed  about  85  mm  CL  (Figure  3) 
shows  up  as  a  dip  in  the  probability  curve.  The  ac- 
cumulation of  females  in  the  large  modal  size 
group  bracketing  85  mm  CL  could  be  due  to 
longer  intermolt  intervals,  smaller  growth  in- 
crements, terminal  anecdysis  or  inhibition  of 
molting  by  vitellogenesis  and  spawning  (oviposi- 
tion).  Such  inhibition  is  known  to  occur  in  other 
crustaceans  (Adiyodi  and  Adiyodi,  1970:  Swartz, 
1976). 

The  study  of  the  reproductive  biology  of 
females  was  based  on  individuals  exceeding  70 
mm  CL  (85  mm  CW),  which  includes  most  of  the 
mature  females  (Haefner,  1977).  This  manipula- 
tion   insures    that    most    of    the    reproductively 


mature  segment  of  the  female  population  is  treated 
and  reduces  data  bias  due  to  variations  in  catch  of 
smaller  size  classes.  (Figure  3). 

Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray  (1976)  related  col- 
or of  the  external  egg  to  developmental  stage. 
Within  the  red-orange,  brown,  dark  brown,  pur- 
ple and  black  spectrum,  they  judged  newly 
deposited  eggs  to  be  light  red  or  orange;  eggs 
become  darker  as  they  ripen. 

A  microscopic  examination  of  eggs  from  11  ex- 
truded egg  masses  (sponges)  from  Norfolk  Can- 
yon crabs  indicated  a  large  variation  in  color 
within  the  earlier  stages  of  development  (Table  3). 
Because  of  the  obvious  difficulty  in  assigning 
specific  development  stage  by  color  alone,  the 
observed  colors  were  grouped  into  early  (A-C; 
orange-brown)  and  late  (D;  burgundy-purple- 
black)  categories  according  to  the  scheme  in 
Meredith  (1952). 

A  spawning  cycle  is  suggested  for  red  crabs  in 
the  Norfolk  Canyon  area  although  ovigerous 
females  were  captured  in  all  seasons  (Figure  8). 

35n 


30- 


o  25 

e 

E 
O  20 


CO 

< 


5- 


395       176        126      282 


m 


E  R 


1 


□  > 


A-C 


JUN      SEP      NOV       JAN 


FIGURE  8.  Seasonal  percentage  of  early  (A-C)  and 
late  (D)  developmental  stages  of  extruded  eggs  on 
ovigerous  individuals  and  of  egg  remnants  (ER)  on 
total  catch  of  female  Geryon  quinquedens  >70 
mm  CL  captured  in  the  vicinity  of  Norfolk  Can- 
yon. Blank  areas  indicate  unidentified  egg  stage. 
Sample  size  indicated  by  numbers  above  the  bars. 
Egg  stages  are  described  in  Table  3. 


58 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


TABLE  3.  Developmental  stages  of  external  eggs  of  Geryon  quinquedens.  Size  range  based  on  measure- 
ments of  10  eggs  from  each  sponge.  Modified  from  Meredith  (1952). 


Stage 


Number  of 

Sponges 

Examined 


Description 


Size  Range 
(Mm) 


Color 


B 
C 

D 


Egg  early  to  late  blastoderm;  nearly  spherical. 
Minute  eyes  visible  in  larger  embryos. 


Pre-larval  embryo.  Eyes  large.  Abdomen  and  ap- 
pendages well-developed,  free  from  head.  Red- 
brown  pigmentation  present,  light  over  entire 
body,  intense  in  eyes,  cardiac  and  gastric  regions 
of  carapace,  and  in  dorsal  abdominal  melano- 
phores. 


640-740 


Eye  V3-V2  size  of  Stage  D  embryo;  eye  the  only       710-780 
pigmented  (brown)  area.  Yolk  abundant.  Abdo- 
men free.  Abdomen  without  melanophores. 


720-820 


Orange 

Red-orange 

Red-brown 
Orange 

Red-orange 

Burgundy 
Purple  (black) 


The  presence  of  females  bearing  egg  remnants  and 
the  low  incidence  of  ovigerous  individuals  in  lune 
suggests  a  high  incidence  of  egg  hatching  between 
January  and  June.  This  is  based  on  the  assumption 
that  the  presence  of  egg  remnants  indicates  recent 
spawning.  However,  at  the  present  time  it  is  not 
known  how  long  egg  remnants  remain  on  the 
pleopods.  Hatching  continues  through  the  sum- 
mer and  is  accompanied  by  an  increase  of 
ovigerous  females  bearing  early  stage  (A-C)  eggs. 
The  peak  incidence  of  ovigerous  females  occurs  in 
November.  This  is  characterized  by  a  high  percen- 
tage of  females  with  late  stage  (D)  eggs  and  a  peak 
incidence  of  recently  extruded  (A-C)  eggs.  The 
percentage  of  ovigerous  females  in  the  population 
remains  high  in  January,  and  although  it  is 
somewhat  less  than  that  observed  in  November,  it 
is  similar  in  the  proportional  makeup  of  early  and 
late  stage  eggs. 

Information  on  incidence  and  relative  abun- 
dance of  red  crab  larvae  in  plankton  samples 
would  help  to  resolve  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
spawning  cycle,  but  such  data  are  presently 
unavailable  or  incomplete.  Winter  and  spring 
samples  off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey  have  revealed 
very  few  first  and  second  zoeal  stages  (P.O. 
Smyth,  VIMS,  personal  communication).  This  in- 
dicates some  hatching  has  occurred  in  winter  and 
spring.  Analyses  of  summer  and  fall  samples  are 
incomplete. 


The  ovarian  cycles  of  non-ovigerous  females 
(Figure  9)  complements  the  spawning  pattern. 
From  June  to  September,  there  was  no  major 
change  in  ovarian  stage.  In  November,  an  increase 
in  the  incidence  of  developing  (intermediate) 
ovaries  was  accompanied  by  a  decrease  in  advanc- 


I00n 


E 
6 
O 


> 

o 


o 

z 


80 


60 


40- 


20- 


24        49         30         53 

31 


r~ 


MAT 


-J  ADV. 


INT. 


I I  IMM. 


JUN      SEP      NOV       JAN 


FIGURE  9.  Seasonal  proportion  of  ovarian 
developmental  stages  (MAT,  mature;  ADV,  ad- 
vanced; INT,  intermediate;  IMM,  immature) 
among  samples  of  non-ovigerous  female  Geryon 
quinquedens  >70  mm  CL  captured  in  the  vicinity 
of  Norfolk  Canyon.  Sample  size  indicated  by 
numbers  above  the  bars. 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


59 


ed/mature  ovaries.  The  lack  of  mature  (ripe) 
ovaries  in  November  complements  the  peak  in- 
cidence of  ovigerous  females  at  that  time,  sug- 
gesting that  most  of  the  mature  females  have  ex- 
truded their  eggs.  Continued  progressive  develop- 
ment results  in  the  higher  proportion  of  advanced 
and  mature  gonads  observed  in  January. 

The  temperature  regime  appears  to  determine 
the  distribution  of  ovigerous  females,  the  majority 
of  which  were  captured  in  400-800  m  depths  where 
temperatures  exceeded  5°  C  (Figure  2.)  Ovigerous 
females  were  captured  over  an  extensive  depth 
range  in  Norfolk  Canyon  although  the  evidence 
shown  for  the  1201-1400  m  stratum  is  due  to  only 
two  individuals  in  a  small  sample  (Figure  10).  The 
highest  incidence  of  occurence  clearly  fell  within 
the  401-800  m  depth  range.  Females  with  external 
eggs  in  early  stages  of  development  were  found 
deeper  than  300  m  and  were  most  frequently 
found  within  the  401-700  m  depth  range.  The  late 


£    25 


95 


I 


18 


201-      301-      401-      501-      601-       701-      801-      901-      1001-     1201- 

300      400      500       600       700      800      900       1000     1200     1400 

DEPTH    (m) 


H. 

□  ■ 
■ 

□  , 


FIGURE  10.  Depth  distribution  of  ovigerous  red 
crabs  by  egg  development  stage  (A-C,  D)  and  of 
females  with  egg  remnants  (ER)  on  pleopods,  ex- 
pressed as  percentage  of  total  catch  of  females 
>70  mm  CL.  Blank  areas  indicate  unidentified 
egg  stage.  Numbers  above  the  bars  indicate 
number  of  females  in  sample.  Egg  stages  are 
described  in  Table  3. 


TABLE  4.  Density  of  red  crabs  (no.  /hectare)  captured  by  13.7  m  trawl  and  standing  crop  (in  thousands  of 
crabs)  in  vicinity  of  Norfolk  Canyon  (36°30' —37°10  'N). 


Depth  (m) 

September 
1975 
No.  /ha              Crop 
lOOO's 

J. 

No. /ha 

anuary 

1976 

Crop 
lOOO's 

No. /ha 

All 

Crop 
lOOO's 

200-300 

8.5 

67.0 

0 

0 

4.3 

33.9 

300-400 

31.1 

199.2 

5.6 

35.9 

14.5 

92.9 

400-500 

— 

— 

60.7 

35.6 

60.7 

35.6 

500-600 

— 

— 

125.4 

793.8 

125.4 

793.8 

600-800 

18.1 

210.0 

16.3 

189.2 

17.5 

203.1 

800-1000 

23.6 

337.3 

51.4 

734.5 

30.4 

434.4 

1000-1200 

8.6 

162.5 

14.4 

272.1 

9.2 

173.8 

1200-1400 

31.9 

703.7 

— 

— 

31.9 

703.7 

1400-1600 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1600-1800 

0.1 

4.9 

0 

0 

0.1 

4.9 

All 

13.2 

2599.1 

19.6 

3859.3 

15.8 

3111.1 

stage  of  development  was  most  abundant  at 
401-800  m  depth,  but  it  was  the  only  stage  present 
in  the  201-300  m  depth  stratum.  Females  with  egg 
remnants  were  caught  within  an  extensive  depth 
range  but  were  markedly  more  prevalent  in 
shallower  water  (201-400  m)  than  in  any  other 
depth. 


These  data  do,  to  a  certain  extent,  corroborate 
the  findings  of  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray 
(1975)  of  an  increase  of  spawning  females  with 
depth  (to  640  m  for  their  northeast  sample),  but 
there  is  no  evidence  from  the  Norfolk  Canyon 
data  to  indicate  seasonal  differences  in  the  in- 
cidence of  early  and  late  stage  eggs  with  depth. 


60 


P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 


The  presence  of  stage  D  eggs  at  201-300  m  (Figure 
10)  is  due  to  September  collections  only  and  the 
high  incidence  at  701-800  m  is  due  primarily  to 
June  collections.  Only  the  females  with  egg  rem- 
nants are  restricted  to  two  seasons,  but  the  data 
for  June  and  September  (Figures  8,  9)  are  consis- 
tent with  that  shown  in  Figure  10.  This 
preponderance  of  females  with  egg  remnants  in 
water  warmer  than  8°  C  (in  June,  they  were  cap- 
tured in  300-400  m  depth  stratum)  may  not  be 
coincidence.  The  migration  of  ovigerous  females, 
with  eggs  in  advanced  stages  (D)  of  development, 
into  shallower,  warmer  water  may  enhance  egg 
development  and  hatching.  Although  mortality  of 
eggs  and  larval  development  as  a  function  of 
temperature  has  not  been  determined,  it  is  known 
that  eggs  survive  and  hatch  at  15°  C  and  larval 
development  proceeds  at  temperatures  as  warm  as 
21  °C  (Perkins,  1973). 

Relative  density  of  red  crabs  was  estimated  for 
the  September  1975  and  January  1976  surveys 
(Table  4)  when  tow  distances  could  be  determined 
with  reasonable  accuracy  from  Loran  C  readings. 
Area  fished  was  then  computed  from  tow  distance 
and  the  effective  fishing  width  of  the  net, 
estimated  to  be  7.6  m  (Haedrich,  Rowe  and 
Polloni,  1975).  This  accounted  for  55.4%  of 
headrope  length,  a  value  near  the  lower  end  of  the 
range  of  values  computed  for  other  types  of  trawls 
(Griswold,  Kurlyandsky  and  Twohig,  1971). 

The  relative  densities  were  then  used  to  com- 
pute standing  crop  estimates  for  the  immediate 
fishing  zone  (Table  4).  Area  of  each  depth  stratum 
within  the  zone  was  determined  with  a  planimeter 
using  a  base  chart  constructed  by  E.P.  Ruzecki 
(VIMS). 

The  relative  densities  of  red  crabs  in  the  area  of 
Norfolk  Canyon  were  50-95%  lower  than  those 
observed  for  more  northeasterly  areas  of  the  con- 
tinental shelf  and  slope  (Grassle  et  al.,  1975; 
Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray,  1975)  although  a 
fair  degree  of  overlap  exists  within  the  range  of 
values  of  these  three  studies. 

The  low  red  crab  density  in  the  Norfolk  Canyon 
area  is  most  likely  a  reflection  of  the  inefficiency 
of  the  collecting  gear.  The  ineffectiveness  of  trawl 
nets  in  capturing  contagiously  distributed,  motile 
megabenthic  invertebrates  has  been  revealed  in 
certain  gear  comparison  studies  (R.  Cooper  and  J. 
Uzmann,  NMFS,  personal  communication).  Ad- 


mittedly, crab  density  calculations  based  on  trawl 
catches  are  tenuous  because  of  a  number  of 
variables  (Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray,  1975). 
However,  in  order  to  compare  their  data  with 
mine,  I  converted  their  trawl  catches  to  relative 
densities  (Table  5)  and  found  that  they  fell  short  of 
the  values  determined  by  photographic  sled.  Their 
trawl  densities,  ranging  from  19%  to  78%  of  the 

TABLE  5.  Comparison  of  red  crab  densities  de- 
termined by  photographic  sled  and  those  com- 
puted for  4.°  m  trawl  for  total  geographic  zone. 
Data  source:  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray  (1975). 
Red  Crab  Density  Percent  of 


Depth  (m) 

Sled 

Trawl 

Sled  Density 

229-320 

21.1 

16.5 

78.4 

320-412 

258.3 

190.2 

73.7 

412-503 

273.2 

136.5 

50.0 

503-640 

282.0 

53.8 

19.1 

640-914 

91.4 

45.5 

49.8 

914-1280 

61.0 

37.2 

61.0 

1280-1646 

10.9 

0 



photographically  estimated  densities,  were  com- 
puted from  an  assumed  vessel  speed  of  1.75  knots 
for  a  duration  of  30  minutes,  and  an  effective 
fishing  width  of  3  m  for  the  4.9  m  (16  ft)  trawl 
(Haedrich,  Rowe  and  Polloni,  1975). 

The  small  trawl  is  apparently  more  effective  in 
capturing  red  crabs  than  is  the  large  trawl. 
Although  the  larger  net  sweeps  more  than  twice 
the  area  of  bottom  in  a  given  unit  of  time,  it  is 
unable  to  capture  twice  the  number  of  crabs, 
assuming  the  same  density  of  crabs  is  available 
(vulnerable)  to  the  gear.  Although  it  is  difficult  to 
accept  the  apparent  superiority  of  the  4.9  m  trawl 
over  the  13.7  m  trawl  in  capturing  red  crabs  (com- 
pare Tables  4  and  5),  the  fact  is  that  it  yielded 
larger  catches  on  an  equal  effort  basis  (0-218,  x  = 
33;  0-197,  x  =  23  crabs/30  minute  tow,  for  small 
and  large  trawl,  respectively).  The  relative  ineffec- 
tiveness of  the  large  net  may  be  due  to  a  number  of 
factors  such  as  lift  of  the  net  from  the  bottom  and 
rolling  over  crabs  in  depressions.  Net  avoidance, 
however,  is  not  likely  a  factor;  a  small  net  could 
be  more  easily  avoided  than  a  larger  net. 

There  remains  the  possibility  that  the  red  crab 
stock  in  the  Norfolk  Canyon  area  may  be  relative- 
ly sparse  compared  with  stocks  distributed  north- 


SEASONAL  DEEP-SEA  RED  CRAB 


61 


easterly  along  the  shelf  and  slope.  This  dilemma 
will  not  be  resolved  until  the  stocks  are  more  effec- 
tively evaluated  by  tagging,  gear  comparison  and 
calibration. 

Other  studies  either  cannot  be  compared  to  ours 
or  to  that  of  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray  (1975) 
because  of  variation  in  gear  used  (Schroeder, 
1955,  1959).  Furthermore,  they  present  conflicting 
values.  For  example,  Grassle  et  al  (1975)  deter- 
mined red  crab  densities  using  photographic  tech- 
niques in  DSRV  Alvin.  Their  values  from  two 
dives  (180  crabs/ha  in  4^5-490  m  depth;  19.4 
crabs- ha  in  992-1000  m)  represented  64%  and 
22%,  respectively,  of  the  photographic  sled  den- 
sities reported  by  Wigley,  Theroux  and  Murray 
(1975)  within  the  same  geographic  zone. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Gratitude  is  expressed  to  the  following  person- 
nel at  VIMS  who  shared  their  time  and  expertise: 
E.P.  Ruzecki,  hydrography;  E.L.  Wenner,  R.K. 
Carpenter  and  J.R.  Bloom,  Jr.,  data  collection; 
F.J.  Wojcik,  data  reduction;  M.  Williams,  art 
work;  W.A.  Van  Engel  and  M.  Roberts, 
manuscript  review. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Adiyodi,  K.  G.  and  R.  G.  Adiyodi.  1970.  En- 
docrine control  of  reproduction  in  decapod 
Crustacea.  Biol.  Rev.  45:112-165. 

Elliott,  J.  M.  1971.  Some  methods  for  the 
statistical  analysis  of  samples  of  benthic  in- 
vertebrates. Freshwater  Biol.  Assoc.  Sci.  Publ. 
No.  25,  pp.  148. 

Grassle,  J.  F.,  H.  L.  Sanders,  R.  R.  Hessler,  G.  T. 
Rowe  and  T.  McLellan.  1975.  Pattern  and  zona- 
tion;  a  study  of  the  bathyal  megafauna  using  the 
research  submersible  Alvin.  Deep-Sea  Res. 
22:457-481. 

Griswold,  B.  L.,  Y.  Kurlyandsky  and  P.  J. 
Twohig.  1971.  Performance  of  trawls  used  in 
joint  U.S.-U.S.S.R.  groundfish  studies,  Int. 
Comm.  Northwest  Atl.  Fish.  Res.  Doc.  71/117, 
pp.  26. 

Haedrich,  R.  L.,  G.  T.  Rowe  and  P.  T.  Polloni. 
1975.  Zonation  and  faunal  composition  of 
epibenthic  populations  on  the  continental  slope 
south  of  New  England.  J.  Mar.  Res. 
33(2):191-212. 


Haefner,  P.  A.,  Jr.  1977  Reproductive  biology  of 
the  female  deep-sea  red  crab,  Geryon  quin- 
quedens,  from  the  Chesapeake  Bight.  Fish.  Bull. 
75(1):91-102. 

Haefner,  P.  A.,  Jr.  and  J.  A.  Musick.  1974.  Obser- 
vations on  distribution  and  abundance  of  red 
crabs  in  Norfolk  Canyon  and  adjacent  con- 
tinental slope.  Mar.  Fish.  Rev.  35(l):31-34. 

Holmsen,  A.  A.  and  H.  McAllister.  1974. 
Technological  and  economic  aspects  of  red  crab 
harvesting  and  processing.  Univ.  Rhode  Island 
Mar.  Tech.  Rep.  No  28.  pp.35. 

Intes,  A.  and  P.  LeLoeuff.  1976.  Etude  du  crabe 
rouge  profond  Geryon  quinquedens  en  Cote 
d'lvoire.  I.  Prospection  de  long  du  talus  con- 
tinental; resultats  des  peches.  Doc.  Scient.  Cen- 
tre Rech.  Oceanogr.  Abidjan.  VII(1):101-112. 

LeLoueff,  P.,  A.  Intes  and  J.  C.  LeGuen.  1974. 
Note  sur  les  premiers  essais  de  capture  du  crabe 
profond  Geryon  quinquedens  en  Cote  d'lvoire. 
Doc.  Scient.  Centre  Rech.  Oceanogr.  Abidjan. 
V(l-2):73-84. 

McRae,  E.  E.,  Jr.  1961.  Red  crab  explorations  off 
the  northeastern  coast  of  the  United  States. 
Com.  Fish.  Rev.  23(5);5-10. 

Meade,  T.  L.  and  G.  W.  Gray,  Jr.  1973.  The  red 
crab.  Univ.  Rhode  Island  Mar.  Tech.  Rep.  Ser. 
No.  11,  pp.21. 

Meredith,  S.  S.  1952.  A  study  of  Crangon  crangon 
L.  in  the  Liverpool  Bay  area.  Proc.  Trans.  Liver- 
pool Biol.  Soc.  58:75-109. 

Perkins,  H.  C.  1973.  The  larval  stages  of  the  deep 
sea  red  crab,  Geryon  quinquedens  Smith, 
reared  under  laboratory  conditions  (Decapoda:- 
Brachyrhyncha).  Fish.  Bull.  71(l):69-82. 

Schroeder,  W.  C.  1955.  Report  on  the  results  of 
exploratory  otter  trawling  along  the  continental 
shelf  and  slope  between  Nova  Scotia  and 
Virginia  during  the  summers  of  1952  and  1953. 
Papers  Mar.  Biol.  Oceanogr.  Deep-Sea  Res., 
Suppl.  Vol.  3:358-372. 

Schroeder,  W.  C.  1959.  The  lobster,  Homarus 
americanus,  and  the  red  crab,  Geryon  quin- 
quedens, in  the  offshore  waters  of  the  western 
North  Atlantic.  Deep-Sea  Res.  5:266-282. 

Swartz,  R.  C.  1976.  Sex  ratio  as  a  function  of  size 
in  the  xanthid  crab,  Neopanope  sayi.  Amer. 
Nat.  110:898-900. 


62  P. A.  HAEFNER,  JR. 

Varga,   S.,   A.   B.   Dewar  and  W.   E.   Anderson.  Wigley,  R.  L..  R.  B.  Theroux  and  H.  E.  Murray. 

1969.   Survival  of  red  crabs   held   on   ice  and  ■  1975.  Deep-sea  red  crab,  Geryon  quinquedens, 

refrigerated  air.  Halifax  Dept.  Fish.  For.  Tech.  survey   off   northeastern   United    States.    Mar. 

Rep.  No. 2,  pp.3  Fish.  Rev.  37(8):1-21. 
Wenner,  A.M.  1972.  Sex  ratio  as  a  function  of  size 

in  marine  Crustacea.  Amer.  Nat.  106:321-350. 


Proceedings  of  the  National  Shellfisheries  Association 
Volume  68-1978 


FISHERY  BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 

(PANULIRUS  ARGUS)  of  the  GUAJIRA  PENINSULA  OF 
COLOMBIA,  SOUTH  AMERICA,  1969-1970 

H.  J.  Squires1  and  G.  Riveros2 

UNDP/FAO  PROYECTO  PARA  EL  DESARROLLO 
DE  LA  PESCA  MARITIMA  EN  COLOMBIA,  BOGOTA,  D.E. 

ABSTRACT 

The  fishery  for  Panulirus  argus  of  the  Guarjira  Peninsula  of  Colombia  is  reported  to 
average  550  tons  (total  weight)  a  year  since  1969.  However,  an  annual  catch  of  20  tons 
from  traps  in  an  estimated  area  of  40  km2  in  1971  is  evidence  of  a  potential  yield  of 
1,000  tons  annually  from  the  total  area  of  about  2,000  km1  of  smooth  bottom  where 
turtle  grass  and  coralline  outcroppings  occur  in  depths  of  5-50  m.  Spawning  (and 
possibly  molting)  in  almost  all  mature  females  was  estimated  to  occur  every  two  mon- 
ths. With  molt  increments  of  about  6mm  cl.  hypothetical  gains  from  original  weight  on 
molting  are  approximately  35%  for  one,  70%  for  two.  100%  for  three  and  150%for 
four  molts  on  the  average.  The  period  of  oogenesis  (development  of  ova  in  ovaries)  is 
about  equal  to  embryogenesis  (development  of  embryos  in  eggs  on  pleopods)  and  most 
females  are  ready  to  spawn  again  when  eggs  are  hatched.  About  300,000  eggs  are  car- 
ried at  75  mm  cl  and  1  million  at  110  mm  cl.  Females  carry  eggs  as  early  as  64  mm  cl  but 
about  50  %  were  immature  at  71  mm  cl.  A  minimum  size  of  76  mm  cl  (at  least)  is 
recommended  for  this  area  where  smaller  ones  are  sometimes  exploited. 


INTRODUCTION 

Spiny  lobsters  (Panulirus  argus  and  P. 
laevicauda)  are  found  all  along  the  coast  of  the 
Guajira  Peninsula,  the  eastern  part  of  the  Colom- 
bian coast  adjacent  to  Venezuela  (Figure  1).  A 
commercial  fishery  for  lobsters  occurs  west  of 
Cabo  de  la  Vela  where  there  is  a  shelf  gradually 
sloping  to  the  50  m  contour  and  averaging  20  km 
in  width.  Where  lobsters  are  found  is  estimated  to 
be  130  km  long  and  15  km  wide,  an  area  approx- 
imately 2,000  km2.  All  this  area  is  not  necessarily 
fished  by  the  Guajiros,  a  tribe  of  Arawak  Amerin- 
dians who  dive  reportedly  to  about  10  m  deep  (us- 

Present  addresses: 

'122  University  Avenue,  St.  John's.  Newfoundland 
Canada 

2Departamento  de  Planacion,  Ministerio  de  Agricultura, 
Bogota  D.  E. 


ing  face  masks  only),  nor  by  other  coastal  fisher- 
men who  use  Florida-type  wooden  traps  in  depths 
of  10-25  m.  The  landings  reported  since  1969 
(Table  1)  average  about  550  tons  (live  weight)  a 
year,  a  small  but  significant  amount  when  com- 
pared with  the  total  annual  Caribbean  catch  of 
13,000  tons  (Gulland,  1970).  The  fishery  provides 
an  important  cash  income  for  the  coastal  peoples 
of  the  Guajira. 

The  coastlands  of  the  Guajira  Peninsula  are 
low-lying  and  semi-desert  with  several  large 
lagoons,  some  of  which  are  used  for  solar  salt  pro- 
duction and  have  rocky  or  sandy  substrate,  while 
others  are  fringed  at  least  partly  by  mangroves 
and  have  mud  substrate.  Just  offshore  throughout 
the  area  are  extensive  beds  of  turtle  grass 
(Thalassia  testudinum)  interspersed  with  smooth 
sandy  bottom  and  outcroppings  of  coralline  rock 


63 


64 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


3°W 


R  IOH  ACH  A 
■'Camarones 


11« 


COLOMBIA 


L 


/ 


PENINSULA     DE 
LA    GUAJIRA 


VENEZUELA 


Spmy    lobster 
t  i  shi  ng    area 


'/W^fl©      6  8° 


FIGURE  1.  Map  of  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia  showing  fishing  grounds  for  spiny  lobsters, 
Panulirus  argus  and  P.  laevicauda,  and  place  names  used  in  the  text. 


or  fossil  oyster  reef.  Immediately  west  of  Cabo  de 
la  Vela  is  an  indentation  of  the  coast  (Figure  1) 
where  large  numbers  of  small  lobsters  are  reported 
throughout  the  year,  and  it  is  possible  that  current 
patterns  encourage  settlement  of  lobster  larvae 
from  the  plankton.  Navigation  charts  show  cur- 
rents of  up  to  1.2  knots  setting  westward  off  Cabo 
de  la  Vela.  These  would  be  under  the  influence  of 
northeast  and  easterly  trade  winds  in  the  area. 
Also  near  the  coast  are  weak  counter  currents  (0.9 
knots)  setting  eastward  along  the  shore  of  the 
Guajira  Peninsula.  It  is  likely,  therefore,  that  a 
weak  anti-cyclonal  gyre  is  set  up  just  west  of  Cabo 
de  la  Vela. 

The  present  study  of  the  spiny  lobsters  in  this 
area  was  undertaken  to  make  an  estimate  of  their 


potential  yield  to  a  fishery  and  to  determine  some 
essential  features  of  their  biology  such  as  repro- 
duction, growth  and  feeding  habits.       - 

TABLE  1.  Annual  catches  of  Panulirus  argus  from 
the  Guajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia,  1969-74. 


Year 


Total  weight 
tons 


1969 
1970 
1971 
1972 
1973 
1974 


800 
870 
540 
300 
270 
420 


BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 


65 


mJJ 


$     5 


FIGURE  2.  Histogram  of  monthly  catches  of 
Panulirus  argus  handled  by  a  processing  com- 
pany, including  those  caught  by  Florida-type 
wooden  traps  and  diving  near  Riohacha,  Guajira 
Peninsula  of  Colombia,  1971-72, 

METHODS 

Monthly  trips  were  made  to  Riohacha  (Figure  1) 
where  freezing  and  cold  storage  facilities  were 
located  and  the  spiny  lobster  catch  being  process- 
ed for  export  (total  cold  storage  was  about  20  tons 
and  freezing  capacity  about  3  tons  daily  in  1970). 
Data  on  catch  were  supplied  by  the  processing 
company  and  INDERENA  (Instituto  de  Desarrollo 
de  los  Recursos  Naturales  Renovables). 

Measurements  and  examinations  of  the  spiny 
lobsters  were  made  from  random  samples  of  live 
catches  brought  to  the  company  for  processing. 
Samples  were  taken  by  setting  aside  all  specimens 
from  a  segment  of  a  heap  of  lobsters  emptied  from 
burlap  bags  on  the  concrete  floor  of  the  processing 
room.  Each  lobster  in  the  samples  was  measured 
and  examined  as  follows: 
Lengths  and  weights  to  the  nearest  mm  or  g. 

Each  lobster  was  weighed  whole  (TW)  on  a 
commercial    balance    (accurate    to    about    5    g); 


carapace  length  (CL)  from  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
carapace  between  the  two  large  supraorbital 
spines  to  the  posterior  edge  in  the  mid-dorsal  line 
with  vernier  calipers;  total  length  (TL)  on  a 
measuring  board  (stretched  with  back  against  the 
board)  with  the  supraorbital  spines  against  the 
headboard  (3  cm  high)  and  the  length  read  where 
the  tip  of  the  telson  reached  on  the  board;  the  ab- 
domen (tail)  was  then  separated  from  the  thorax 
(head)  and  weighed  on  the  balance  (AW),  then 
stretched  on  the  measuring  board  back  down  with 
the  anterior  edge  of  the  first  segment  pressed 
against  the  headboard  and  the  length  (AL)  read 
where  the  tip  of  the  telson  reached  on  the  board; 
the  greatest  width  of  the  abdomen  (at  the  second 
segment)  was  taken  on  the  measuring  board  by 
pressing  the  ventral  edge  of  the  pleuron  of  one  side 
against  the  headboard  and  reading  the  width 
where  the  edge  of  the  pleuron  of  the  other  side 
reached  on  the  board. 
Examination  for  maturity,  etc. 

Ovaries  were  removed  from  the  thorax  and 
their  colour  recorded.  Greater  diameter  of  a  few 
ova  from  part  of  the  ovary  was  measured  under 
magnification  (10X)  on  a  transparent  mm  grid. 
When  eggs  were  carried  on  the  pleopods  they  were 
removed  before  weighing  the  abdomen.  The  color 
of  the  egg  mass  was  recorded  and  the  phase  of  em- 
bryo development  noted  under  magnification 
(10X).  Hardness  or  newness  of  the  shell,  presence 
of  epifaunal  growths,  etc.,  were  also  recorded 
(New  shell  was  defined  as  recently  molted  but  suf- 
ficiently rigid  to  permit  capture  and  handling.  It 
was  bright  in  color  and  free  from  epifauna  or 
discoloration  and  buckled  under  light  pressure). 
Stomachs  seen  to  contain  food  were  taken  out  and 
preserved  in  formalin  for  later  examination. 

Temperatures  and  salinities  were  taken  with  a 
portable  salinometer  from  a  beach  site,  from  the 
head  of  the  jetty  at  Riohacha  and  from  lobster 
fishing  stations  by  the  R/V  CHOCO  (March  9-16, 
1970. 

Landings  from  lobster  traps  and  from  diving  for 
one  year  were  provided  by  one  of  the  lobster  pro- 
cessing companies  at  Riohacha. 

BIOLOGY 

Length-weight  relationships. 

Regression  equations  for  total  length  at  each 
carapace  length  in  males  and  females  were  as 
follows: 


66 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


Male      TL  =  2.34  CL  +  39.4  (N  =  500); 
Female  TL  =  2.40  CL  +  47.9  (N  =  493). 

The  rate  of  increase  in  total  length  relative  to 
carapace  length  appeared  to  be  greater  in  females 
than  in  males  over  the  range  of  commercial  sizes 
(Figure  3).  However,  in  spite  of  the  large  numbers 
used  an  appreciable  overlap  in  the  regression  coef- 
ficients is  apparent  in  a  "t"  test  (Spiegel,  1960) 
showing  a  range  of  2.24  -  2.44  in  males  and  2.29  - 
2.51  in  females  so  that  both  could  be  similar 
(Table  2). 


TL  ■  2-40CL*  39-4 
N  >493 


%■ 


66  86  106  126 

CARAPA       I     IENGIH-"" 


FIGURE  3.  Regression  of  Total  Length  (TL)  on 
Carapace  Length  (CL)  in  male  and  female 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 
Colombia. 

Regression  equations  for  abdomen  length 
relative  to  carapace  length  give  divergent  slopes  as 
follows  (Figure  4): 

Male       AL  =  1.34  CL  +  32.1  (N  =  500); 

Female  AL  =  1.56  CL  +  17.1  (N  =  493). 
The  slope  for  females  is  the  steeper  indicating  that 
the  increase  in  length  of  abdomen  relative  to 
carapace  length  is  greater  in  females  than  in  males. 
The  ranges  in  coefficients  shown  by  a  "t"  test  sup- 
port this,  being  1.27  -  1.41  in  males  and  1.51-  1.61 
in  females  (Table  2). 


■  I. sec  L  +  17'1 


1-34CL432   I 
N>  600 


Xr 


66  «6  106 

Carapace    length    min 


FIGURE  4.  Regression  of  Abdomen  Length  (AL) 
on  Carapace  Length  (CL)  in  male  and  female 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 
Colombia. 

TABLE  2.  Regression  equations  and  "t"  test  of  re- 
gression coefficients  of  length  and  weight  relation- 
ships of  Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Penin- 
sula of  Colombia.  Calculation  of  "t"  test  from 
Spiegel  (1961): 


Coefficient  a,  ± 


^/N^I 


m 


N  =  500  (M)  or  493  (F);  and  s,  ,  = 


where  t  =  1.65; 
S,2  —  fl|Sxy 


N 


Sx  = 


Regression  equations 

Male  TL  =  2.34  CL  +  39.4 

Female  TL  =  2.40  CL  +  47.9 

Male  AL  =  1.34  CL +32.1 

Female  AL  =  1.56  CL  +  17.1 

Male  TW  =3.29  AW -3.5 

Female  TW  =  3.15  AW  -20.9 


Range  of  regression 
coefficients  at  95% 
confidence  limits 
2.24—2.44 
2.29  —  2.51 

1.27  —  1.41 
1.51  —  1.61 

3.28  —  3.30 
3.13  —  3.17 


Regression  equations  for  total  weight  (TW)  at 
each  abdomen  (tail)  weight  (AW)  are  useful  for 
converting  the  "tail"  weight  of  commerce  to  total 


BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 


67 


weights  for  estimates  of  yields  from  lobster 
populations.  They  are  as  follows: 

Male      TW  =  3.29  AW -3.5  (N  =500); 

Female  TW  =  3.15  AW  —  20.9  (N  =  493). 

(Figure  5) 

In  these  equations  the  coefficients  have  ranges  of 
3.28  -  3.30  and  3.13  -  3.17  in  males  and  females, 
respectively  (Table  2)  so  may  be  considered  to  be 
different  at  the  95%  confidence  limit.  For  practical 
purposes  the  conversion  of  tail  weight  to  total 
weight  may  be  done  by  a  factor  of  3.2  if  it  is 
known  that  the  numbers  of  males  and  females  in 
the  catches  are  equal  (Squires,  1974).  On  the 
average  the  tail  weight  is  about  31%  and  33%  of 
the  total  weight  in  males  and  females,  respective- 
ly, or  32%  with  males  and  females  combined 
(Table  3). 


150  250  350  450  550 

»BD0  HEN     WEIGHT     19! 


FIGURE  5 
Abdomen 
Panulirus 
Colombia. 


.  Regression  of  Total  Weight  (TW)  on 
(Tail)  Weight  (AW)  in  male  and  female 
argus  from   the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 


2500 
2000 

1500- 

lOOO 
800 

f       600. 

r       500 

o 

"        400 
* 

4        300 


Loq  T  W.-5-655.2-79  2  LogCL 
N:4»J 
I  »0  94 


109  TWs. 2- 287* 2-5  78  Log  CL 
NmSOO 
'-0-90 


40       SO  70  100  150       200 

CARAPACE     IENGTH-MM 


FIGURE  6.  Regression  of  Total  Weight  (TW)  on 
Carapace  Length  (CD  in  male  and  female 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 
Colombia. 

Equations  for  obtaining  total  or  abdomen 
weights  from  carapace  lengths  (Riveros,  1972) 
have  less  practical  use.  They  are  as  follows: 

Male       Log  AW  =  2.5146  Log  CL  —  2.6782 

(N  =  500); 
Female   Log  AW  =  2.4331  Log  CL  —  2.4302 

(N=493).  (Figure  7). 

Male       Log  TW  =  2 .  5780  Log  CL  —  2 .  2873 

(N  =  500); 
Female  Log  TW  =  2.7921  Log  CL  —  2.6555 

(N=493)  (Figure  6). 

Maturity 

Size  at  first  maturity.  In  females  the  minimum 
size  of  mature  lobsters  (bearing  eggs  on  the 
pleopods)  was  64  mm  CL  in  these  samples. 
However,  the  minimum  size  found  with  large  ova 
ready  to  be  laid  was  55  mm  CI,  but  if  this  lobster 
molted  before  spawning  (which  is  likely)  it  would 
be  about  61  mm  CL  when  carrying  eggs.  Only  5% 
of  the  females  were  immature  at  71  mm  CL  and  no 
juveniles  or  immatures  were  more  than  94  mm  CI 


68 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


TABLE  3.  Average  abdomen  and  total  weiglits  at  average  carapace  and  abdomen  lengths  in  450  male  and  450  female 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Gnajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia. 


Carapace 

Abdomen 

lengths 

Abdomen  weights 

Total 

weights 

Percent- 

AW  of  TW 

length 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

mm 

mm 

mm 

g 

g 

g 

g 

% 

% 

51 

100 

97 

41 

53 

131 

146 

31 

36 

56 

107 

104 

52 

67 

168 

190 

31 

35 

61 

114 

112 

65 

82 

210 

237 

31 

35 

66 

120 

120 

70 

99 

256 

291 

31 

34 

71 

127 

128 

95 

119 

309 

354 

31 

34 

76 

134 

136 

113 

140 

368 

420 

31 

33 

81 

140 

143 

132 

170 

431 

515 

31 

33 

86 

147 

151 

153 

180 

500 

574 

31 

33 

91 

154 

159 

177 

217 

579 

663 

31 

33 

96 

161 

167 

203 

247 

664 

757 

31 

33 

101 

167 

175 

230 

279 

757 

858 

30 

33 

10b 

174 

182 

260 

314 

852 

968 

31 

32 

111 

181 

190 

292 

352 

957 

1088 

31 

32 

116 

187 

108 

326 

392 

1069 

1214 

30 

32 

121 

194 

206 

362 

434 

1187 

1346 

30 

32 

126 

201 

214 

400 

479 

1319 

1530 

30 

31 

* 

*      100 

I 

°        80-1 


Log  AW  »  -24302*2-4331  Log  CL 
N*493 


Log  A  W  =  -2.6782*2-5146  Log  C 
M.SOO 


30         40  60         801OO 

C  AH  APACF     LENGTH       MM 


FIGURE  7.  Regression  of  Abdomen  (Tail)  Weight 
(TW)  on  Carapace  Length  (CL)  in  male  and  female 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 
Colombia. 


(Riveros,  1972).  Abdomen  widths  were  greater  in 
proportion  to  carapace  length  by  about  6%  after 
maturity  (Table  4). 

In  males  the  smallest  matures  were  66  mm  CL 
and  very  few  juveniles  (5%)  were  larger  than  85 
mm  CI  (Riveros,  1972).  The  66  mm  CI  cor- 
responds to  an  average  tail  weight  of  79  g  or  2.9  oz 
in  males  and  99  g.  or  3.6  oz  in  females.  Minimum 
accepted  commercial  size  is  a  4  oz  (114  g)  tail 

TABLE  4.  Average  width  of  abdomen  in  female  Panu- 
lirus argus  when  immature  and  when  mature;  expressed 
as  a  percentage  of  CL  and  TL  (total  length). 


Carapace 

Total 

Abdomen  width 

length 

length 

as  percent 
CL 

of 
TL 

Maturity 

mm 

mm 

% 

% 

64 

194 

78 

26 

Mature 

72 

24 

Immature 

67 

200 

75 

25 

Ovigerous 

69 

24 

Immature 

70 

207 

71 

24 

Mature 

BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 


69 


which  would  be  from  a  male  of  76  mm  CL  and  a 
female  of  71  mm  CL.  (A  minimum  size  of  76  mm 
CI  was  recommended  to  Government  for  inclusion 
in  legislation  to  protect  the  lobster  resource). 

Male  maturities.  After  males  became  mature 
(with  large  vasa  deferentia  purplish  in  color)  they 
continued  to  retain  full  maturity  irrespective  of 
season  (Riveros,  1972).  Maturities  could  be 
categorized  into  three  phases  (Table  5)  with  con- 
siderable overlap  in  sizes  of  specimens. 


Female  maturities.  Four  phases  of  maturity  of 
ova  in  ovaries  (oogenesis)  were  defined  as  follows: 
I,  immature  or  juvenile;  II,  maturing;  III,  mature 
and  IV,  spent  and  recovering  (Table  6).  In  all 
phases  there  were  oocytes  or  small  ova  present  in 
the  ovarian  stromae,  but  these  were  beginning  to 
be  predominantly  orange  in  color  and  slightly 
larger  in  Phase  IV. 

Macroscopic  phases  of  embryo  development 
(embryogenesis)  in  eggs  on  pleopods  could  be  seen 


TABLE  5.  Phases  of  maturity  in  500  male  Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia,  1969- 
70. 


Phase       Category            Testes         Vasa  deferentia      Diameter  Spermatophore    Range  50%  of 

condition             size  and                ofv.d.  glands  of              of  phase 

and  color               color  5th  legs              CL  at  CL 

mm                                           mm  mm 

>1  Small  40-85  65 

1-2  Medium  62-110  83 

3-4  Large  66-158  100 


I 

Immature 

Small. 

Small, 

translucent 

translucent 

II 

Maturing 

Medium, 

Medium. 

opaque 

opaque 

yellowish 

purplish 

III 

Mature 

Large, 

Large, 

opaque 

purplish 

whitish 

TABLE  6.  Phases  of  maturity  of  ova  in  ovaries  (oogenesis)  of  Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula 
of  Colombia,  1969-70. 


Phase 

Category 

Ovary  size 
and  color 

Oocytes  or 
small  ova 

Greater 
diameter 
of  ova 
mm 

Range  of  CL 
in  category 

mm 

50%  of 
phase  at 

CL 

mm 

I 

Immature 

Small,  whitish 
translucent  or 

Present, 
translucent 

0.1-0.2 

40-90 

68 

II 

Maturing 

cream  to  pink 

Orange 
predominating, 
but  some 

Present, 
translucent 

0.3-0.4 

50-105 

85 

III 

Mature 

opaque  and 

whitish 
Bright  red 

Present, 
translucent 

0.4-0.5 

55-130 

85 

IV 

Spent  and 
recovering 

Dull  reddish 
orange,  few 

large  red 
degenerating 

or  opaque 
Not  present; 
small  orange 

ova 
predominating 

0.2-0.3 

65-125 

85 

70 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


TABLE  7.  Macroscopic  phases  of  maturity  of  embryos  (embryogenesis)  in  eggs  on  pleopods  o/Panulirus 
argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia,  1969-70. 


Phase 


Category 


Color  of  eggs 

Greater 

Phase  of 

diameter 

ovary 

of  egg 

development 

mm 

Bright  red 

0.5 

IV 

Orange 

0.6 

II 

Brownish 

0.7-0.8 

III 

I  Full  yolk,  no  eye  spot 

II  Eye  spot  a  flat  black  crescent 

III  Eye  spot  round,  limb  structure  visible; 
prenaupliosoma 


under  low  magnification  (10X).  Three  phases  were 
defined:  the  first  in  which  no  eye  spot  was  present, 
the  second  with  the  eye  spot  merely  a  slit  or  black 
crescent  and  the  third  when  the  eye  spot  was 
rounded  and  limbs  of  the  prenaupliosoma  could 
be  distinguished  (Table  7).  These  phases  cor- 
responded with  Phases  IV,  II  and  III,  respectively, 
of  ovarian  development  indicating  that  by  the 
time  embryos  were  ready  to  hatch  the  ova  were 
almost  ready  to  be  extruded.  In  a  very  few  large 
females  carrying  eggs  the  ovaries  showed  only  an 
early  phase  of  development.  Incidentally,  the  ear- 
ly phases  of  embryo  development  in  eggs  on 
pleopods  were  seen  more  frequently  than  the  later 
phase  (Table  8). 

Abdomen  width  as  an  indication  of  maturity. 
Immature  females  had  narrower  abdomens  than 
mature  females  of  the  same  CL.  As  a  percentage  of 
CL  average  abdomen  widths  were  about  67%  in 

TABLE  8.  Incidence  of  macroscopic  phases  of  em- 
bryo development  (Table  6)  in  samples  of  Panul- 
irus  argus  (August,  1969  to  May,  1970)  from  the 
Guajira  Peninsula  of  Colombia. 


Month 

Phase  I 

Phase  II 

Phase  III 

Number 

(red) 

(orange) 

(brown) 

examined 

% 

% 

% 

Aug 

67 

19 

Sept 

64 

14 

Oct 

64 

36 

Nov 

- 

- 

Dec 

50 

36 

Jan 

- 

- 

Feb 

100 

0 

Mar 

0 

0 

Apr 

- 

- 

May 

67 

0 

15 

21 

0 

14 

0 
100 

33 


27 
14 
14 

14 

3 

1 


immature  and  72%  in  mature  females.  In  the  234 
females  included  in  this  comparison  the  change 
from  immature  to  mature  abdomen  widths  oc- 
curred at  about  70  mm  CL  (Table  4). 

Fecundity.  Counts  of  eggs  from  19  females  from 
these  samples  by  Herazo  (1971)  gave  average 
numbers  of  just  over  300,000  at  a  size  of  75  mm 
CL  and  more  than  one  million  at  110  mm  CI 
(Figure  8). 


12- 


10- 


o 


z  a-\ 

in 
o 
o 


CO 

2 

3 
Z 


4- 


2- 


70  90 

CARAPACE 


I  10 
LENGTH 


— i 

130 


MM 


FIGURE  8.  Number  of  eggs  at  each  Carapace 
Length  (CL)  in  Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira 
Peninsula  of  Colombia  (Counts  of  eggs  from 
pleopods  of  19  females). 


BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 


71 


Stomach  contents 

Of  the  93  stomachs  examined  (only  those  with 
food  are  included)  40  percent  contained  fish  re- 
mains (bone  and  tissue  fragments).  Crustacean  re- 
mains (fragments  of  crabs  and  shrimps)  were  in 
30%  of  the  stomachs,  and  molluscan  shells 
(bivalves  and  gastropods)  in  20%.  The  rest  com- 
prised low  incidence  of  fragments  of  echinoderms 
and  plants.  Sand  was  present  in  small  quantities  in 
all.  Molluscan  shells  and  echinoderm  remains 
were  frequently  seen  in  intestines  but  only 
stomachs  were  examined  in  detail. 

Shell  condition 

The  highest  percentages  with  new  shells  were  in 
May  (18%),  July  (6%)  and  September  (10%).  In 
other  months  the  percentages  varied  from  1-6% 
(Table  9). 

Temperature  and  salinity 

Average  water  temperatures  on  the  fishing 
grounds  were  27  C  from  1-10  m  deep  and  24  C 
from  10-20  m  during  periods  of  observation 
(Squires  et  al.,    1974).   Salinities   observed  were 

34-37%0. 

TABLE  9.  New  shells  in  monthly  samples  of 
Panulirus  argus  from  the  Guajira  Peninsula  of 
Colombia,  1969-70. 


Month 


May 

lune 

July 

Aug 

Sept 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec 

Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

May 


Percent  with 

Number 

new  shell 

examined 

% 

18 

164 

0 

10 

8 

68 

3 

91 

10 

143 

8 

72 

1 

69 

0 

21 

1 

73 

0 

21 

195 


ESTIMATE  OF  YIELD  AND  DENSITY  OF  SPINY 
LOBSTERS  ON  THE  FISHING  GROUNDS 

A  comparison  of  landings  from  trap  fishing  and 
from  diving  indicates  that  in  1971  and  1972  the 
divers  contributed  more  than  85%  to  the  landings 
(Figure  2).  In  the  month  to  month  fluctuations  in 
landings  September-November  and  March-June 
produced  8,000-16,000  kg  a  month  while  July  and 
August  had  less  than  3,000  kg  and  December  the 
least  with  only  1,500  kg  (Riveros,  1972).  These 
fluctuations  were  reportedly  the  results  of  changes 
in  fishing  effort  because  of  weather  conditions  or 
tribal  activity  of  the  Guajiros. 

Fishing  with  traps,  operated  over  an  area  of  ap- 
proximately 40  km-'  near  Riohacha  (about  20  km 
by  2  km),  caught  about  20,000  kg  in  1971.  About 
200  traps  were  hauled  daily  with  not  less  than 
three  days  between  hauls  for  any  one  trap.  The 
maximum  traps  in  use  was  1,000.  Catch  per  area 
was: 


20,000  kg 
40  km2 


or  500  kg  per  km* 


Assuming  that  lobsters  could  have  been  obtained 
from  a  total  area  of  potential  fishing  grounds  be- 
tween depths  of  5  and  45  m  (conservatively  2.000 
km-  in  area)  between  Cabo  de  la  Vela  and 
Camarones  (Figure  1),  the  annual  yield  would  be 
about  1000  tons.  The  total  catch  in  1971  was 
reported  as  540  tons  (tail  weight  =170  tons). 

From  a  potential  yield  of  1,000  tons  and  an 
average  weight  of  about  400  g  for  each  spiny 
lobster  at  commercial  sizes,  the  density  of  lobsters 
on  the  grounds  would  be  about  1  to  every  400  m2. 
This  estimate  is  obtained  from  the  total  number  of 
commercial  lobsters  in  1,000  tons  (about  2,- 
500.000)  plus  an  equal  number  of  pre-commercial 
sizes,  and  assuming  that  they  were  all  evenly 
distributed  over  the  shelf  area. 


DISCUSSION 


The  fishery 


Average 


5     Total 


927 


Although  the  average  catch  of  fishermen  using 
traps  off  Riohacha  was  approximately  2  tons  each 
it  did  not  exceed  the  average  catch  of  the  Amerin- 
dians diving  for  lobsters.  The  latter  do  not  have  a 
strong  incentive  to  catch  more.  Their  need  for 
cash  income  is  more  than  satisfied  by  the  rate  of 
fishing,  and  they  fish  only  when  there  is  no  fiesta 


72 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


or  other  tribal  activity.  Although  their  "free"  div- 
ing (with  face  mask  only  and  with  no  fins)  is 
relatively  effective  compared  with  trapping,  they 
cannot  dive  during  windy  weather  when  the  sand 
is  stirred  up  and  visibility  is  low  in  the  water  and 
sharks  are  more  dangerous.  Trapping  would 
reduce  the  hazards.  The  investment  in  larger  boats 
and  traps,  however,  would  require  a  much  larger 
catch  to  provide  the  same  level  of  income  to  these 
fishermen. 

Fishery  regulations  prescribe  a  minimum  size,  a 
"veda"  or  closed  season  and  non-retention  of  egg- 
bearing  females.  Because  several  market  outlets 
are  available,  the  Guajiros  sell  only  to  buyers  who 
will  take  all  sizes  of  lobsters.  The  closed  season  is 
not  observed.  There  is,  however,  a  natural  season 
all  but  closed  to  the  divers  during  about  three 
months  of  heavy  winds,  and  since  there  are 
uniformly  warm  water  conditions  throughout  the 
year,  there  is  no  season  such  as  a  breeding  season 
when  closure  would  be  useful.  Also,  since  most 
adult  females  are  either  carrying  eggs  or  ready  to 
lay  eggs,  saving  the  egg-bearing  ones  would  not  be 
different  from  saving  the  non-eggbearing.  The  on- 
ly regulation,  therefore,  that  would  be  useful  is  the 
one  related  to  minimum  size  which  would  add  ap- 
preciably to  the  total  weight  of  lobsters  harvested 
each  year  if  kept  strictly  (Table  10).  A  minimum 
size  suggested  is  76  mm  CL  which  could  be  in- 
creased in  subsequent  years  if  accepted  by  the 
fishermen. 

Weight  gains  per  molt. 

Hypothetical  weight  gain  per  molt  may  be 
estimated  from  average  weights  at  given  carapace 


lengths  when  the  increment  in  length  with  each 
molt  is  known  (Squires,  1970;  Squires  et  al,  1971; 
Riveros,  1972).  The  average  molting  increment  of 
8  mm  CL  estimated  by  Riveros  (1972)  may  be  ex- 
cessive in  view  of  the  estimates  given  by  others  for 
this  species.  Munro  (1973)  reviewing  several 
works  from  different  areas  suggests  30  mm  per 
year  in  four  molts;  Peacock  (1974)  for  Antigua 
and  Barbuda,  21-35  mm  in  4-5  molts  and  Beau- 
mariage  and  Little  (1975)  15  mm,  presumably  in 
two  molts  in  Florida.  Olsen  et  al  (1972) 
documented  slower  growth  in  females  than  in 
males:  4-7  mm  per  molt  compared  with  4-8  mm. 
In  this  paper,  6  mm  increments  in  CL  per  molt  in 
males  and  females  is  taken  for  calculations  of 
weight  gains  (Table  10). 

Starting  at  59  mm  CI  (178  g)  weight  gains  of 
males  would  be  35%  in  one,  63%  in  two,  105%  in 
three  and  142%  in  four  molts.  Corresponding 
gains  in  females  would  be  39%,  74%,  111%  and 
159%  of  the  original  weight  of  190  g  at  59  mm  CI. 
Percentage  gains  in  abdomen  weight  were  slightly 
less  (Table  10).  Olsen  et  al  (1972),  however, 
postulates  that  molting  in  females  is  less  frequent 
than  in  males  so  that  increases  in  weight  would 
take  place  over  a  longer  time. 

Demonstrating  weight  gain  in  lobsters  (if  left  to 
molt)  is  a  way  to  convince  fishermen  how  much 
weight  is  lost  to  a  fishery  if  lobsters  smaller  than 
regulation  size  are  taken.  Also  it  shows  them  that 
small  lobsters  will  soon  gain  weight  if  left  on  the 
grounds  where  they  may  be  caught  again  later 
after  release. 


TABLE  10.  Hypothetical  gains  in  weight  of  male  and  female  Panulirus  argus  using  average  CL  increments 
of  6  mm  in  each  molt  and  an  original  CL  of  59  mm  (Calculated  from  regression  equations  of  total  weight 
(TW)  and  abdomen  weight  (AW)  on  carapace  length  (CD).  (Figures  6  and  7). 


CL 

Average 

Average 

Percent  gain  on  original 

weight 

total 

weights 

abdomen  weights 

Total 

weights 

Abdomen  weights 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

Male 

Female 

mm 

g 

g 

g 

g 

% 

% 

% 

% 

59 

178 

190 

70 

85 

65 

240 

265 

87 

107 

35 

39 

25 

26 

71 

290 

330 

100 

126 

63 

74 

43 

48 

77 

365 

400 

121 

147 

105 

111 

73 

73 

83 

430 

490 

138 

174 

142 

150 

97 

104 

89 

515 

600 

le>2 

20o 

189 

216 

131 

142 

BIOLOGY  OF  SPINY  LOBSTER 


73 


Reproductive  potential. 

Chittleborough  (1974)  found  that  individual 
mature  females  of  P.  longipes  cyngus  spawned  ap- 
proximately every  second  month  when  kept  in 
aquaria  under  high  temperature  conditions  similar 
to  those  prevailing  in  tropical  areas.  Berry  (1971) 
also  noted  repeated  spawnings  of  P.  homarus  ap- 
proximating once  every  two  months  while  the 
warm  temperatures  of  summer  prevailed  in  South 
Africa.  Squires  (1973)  suggested  that  reproductive 
cycles  under  tropical  conditions  were  short,  and 
that  spawning  in  mature  female  lobsters  of  the 
Guajira  occurred  every  2.5  months  throughout  the 
year.  Olsen  et  al.  (1972),  from  direct  observations 
of  female  P.  argits  in  the  Virgin  Islands  during 
underwater  studies,  remarked  that  "females  may 
reproduce  several  times  a  year". 

During  the  present  investigations  the  comple- 
tion of  development  of  embryos  in  eggs  (em- 
bryogenesis  appeared  to  be  approximately  equal 
to  the  development  of  ova  in  ovaries  (oogenesis). 
Also,  the  monthly  percentage  of  mature  females 
carrying  eggs  was  frequently  in  excess  of  50% 
(seven  times  out  of  eleven),  and  the  average 
percentage  was  50%  in  the  eleven  samples  examin- 
ed (Table  11).  Although  data  were  obtained  from 
fairly  small  numbers  and  samples  were  not  obtain- 
ed in  some  months,  every  second  month  of 
1970-71  had  the  greater  percentage  carrying  eggs 
(Table  11).  Since  the  samples  were  taken  almost 
exactly  one  month  apart  and  from  approximately 
the  same  area,  the  effects  of  synchrony  in  bi- 
monthly spawning  might  be  indicated  from  these 
data.  Apparently  most  mature  females  spawned 
every  second  month. 

New  shells. 

Although  an  average  of  only  5%  of  shells  ex- 
amined appeared  to  be  new,  some  were  present  in 
most  months  (Table  9).  The  low  percentages  may 
have  been  caused  by  the  following:  the  inability  of 
the  examiner  to  recognize  new  shells,  the  selection 
by  divers  against  soft  shells,  discarding  of  injured 
soft-shelled  lobsters  before  bringing  to  the  factory 
and  possibly  by  recently  molted  lobsters  being 
more  secretive  in  behaviour.  As  indicated  by  Chit- 
tleborough (1974),  it  is  likely  that  molting  follow- 
ed hatching  of  larvae  from  the  eggs,  and  preceded 
egg-    bearing.    Where    spawning    was    frequent, 


TABLE  11.  Percent  of  mature  female  Panulirus 
argus  ovigerous  in  monthly  samples  from  the 
Guajira  Peninsula,  Colombia,  1969-70. 


Months 

Percent 

Number  of  Mature 

ovigerous 

femali 

;s  examined 

% 

Apr 

66 

29 

May 

49 

35 

June 

63 

8 

July 

- 

- 

Aug 

73 

44 

Sept 

56 

43 

Oct 

73 

40 

Nov 

- 

- 

Dec 

40 

35 

Jan 

18 

11 

Feb 

53 

27 

Mar 

27 

11 

Apr 

- 

- 

May 

23 

64 

Average 

50  Total 

347 

therefore,  lobsters  with  new  shells  would  be  pre- 
sent in  all  months.  In  the  first  six  months  of  this 
study  (May-October,  1969)  each  alternate  month 
had  a  higher  percentage  of  new  shells  (Table  9). 
This  appeared  to  correspond  with  the  months 
following  those  in  which  peaks  of  spawning  oc- 
curred (Table  11). 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

We  wish  to  thank  Mr.  Gabriel  Durana, 
Manager  of  "Crustaceos  de  la  Guajira"  at 
Riohacha  and  Mrs.  Durana  for  their  hospitality 
and  assistance;  also  Mr.  Bernard  Herazo  for  data 
on  egg  counts. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Beaumariage,  D.S.  and  E.J.  Little.  1975.  Status 
report  of  Florida's  research  on  spiny  lobster. 
Proc.  Gulf  &  Car.  Fish.  Inst.  28:102-107. 

Ben-Tuvia,  A.  y  C.  E.  Rios.  1970.  Informe  de  un 
crucero  del  CHOCO  a  la  isla  de  Providencia  y 
los  bancos  adyacentes  de  Quitasueno  y  Serrana 


74 


H.J.  SQUIRES  AND  G.  RIVEROS 


en  los  territories  insulares  de  Colombia.  Pro- 
depesca  en  Colombia  Communicaciones  2,  45 

P- 

Berry,  P.F.  1971.  The  biology  of  the  spiny  lobster 
Pamilirus  homarus  off  the  east  coast  of  South 
Africa.  Invest.  Rep.  Oceanogr.  Res.  Inst. 
28:1-75. 

Chittleborough,  R.  G.  1974.  Western  rock  lobster 
reared  to  maturity.  Aust.  J.  Mar.  Freshwat.  Res. 
25:221-225. 

Gulland,  J.  A.  1970.  The  fish  resources  of  the 
ocean.  FAO  Fish.  Tech.  Pap.  97,  425  p. 

Herazo,  B.  1971.  Reproduccion  de  Pamilirus  argus 
en  la  costa  de  la  Guajira  colombiana.  Tesis  de 
Licenciado  en  ciencias.  Fundacion  Universidad 
deBogota(JTL),61p. 

Munro,  J.L.  1974.  The  biology,  ecology  and 
bionomics  of  Caribbean  reef  fisheries.  VI. 
Crustaceans  (spiny  lobsters  and  crabs).  Res. 
Rept.  Zool.  U.  W.  1.3,  57p. 

Olsen,  D.A.,  W.  Herrnkind  and  I.  G.  Koblick. 
Ms.  1972.  Ecological  study  for  the  development 
of  lobster  management  techniques.  PRINUL 
(Puerto  Rico  International  Undersea  Labora- 
tory) Special  Report  No.  1,  71  p. 

Peacock,  N.  1974.  A  study  of  the  spiny  lobster 


fishery  of  Antigua  and  Barbuda.  Proc.  Gulf  and 
Carib.  Fish.  Inst. 26:117-130. 

Riveros,  G.  1972.  Spiny  lobsters  Pamilirus  argus 
and  P.  laevicauda  on  the  Caribbean  coast  of 
Colombia  with  particular  reference  to  their 
biology  and  the  fishery  for  both  species  on  the 
coast  of  the  Guajira  Peninsula.  M.Sc.  thesis, 
Memorial  University  of  Newfoundland,  115  p. 

Spiegel,  M.R.  1961.  Theory  and  problems  of 
Statistics.  Schaum's  Outline  Series  in 
Mathematics.  McGraw-Hill.  359  p. 

Squires,  H.  J.  1970.  Lobster  (Homarus 
americanus)  fishery  and  ecology  in  Port  au  Port 
Bay,  Newfoundland,  1961-65.  Proc.  Nat. 
Shellfish.  Assoc.  60:  22-39. 

Squires,  H.  J.  1973.  El  potencial  reproductive  de 
los  crustaceos  decapodos.  Bol.  Museo  del  Mar 
(Univ.  Bogota)  5:  3-7. 

Squires,  H.  J.  Ms.  1974.  Length  and  weight  rela- 
tionships in  shrimps.  Govt.  Consultation  on 
Shrimp  Resources  in  CICAR  area.  FAO/FIR: 
SR/74/W.P.  5,  7p. 

Squires,  H.  J.,  G.  E.  Tucker  and  G.  P.  Ennis.  1971. 
Lobsters  (Homarus  americanus)  in  Bay  of 
Islands,  Newfoundland,  1963-65.  Fish.  Res.  Bd. 
Can.  Manuscr.  Rept.  Ser.  (Biol.)  1151,  58  p. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


75 


ABSTRACTS  OF  THE  TECHNICAL  PAPERS  PRESENTED 

AT  THE  1977  NSA  CONVENTION 


MEXICAN  MOLLUSCAN  FISHERIES 

OF  THE  GULF  OF  MEXICO 
AND  THE  CARIBBEAN  :  1970-1975 

Erik  Baqueiro  and  Craig  B.  Kensler 

Centro  de  Ciencias 

del  Mar  y  Limnologia 

Universidad  National  Autonoma  de  Mexico 

Mexico  20,  D.F.,  Mexico 

Molluscan  fishery  statistics  for  the  Mexican 
Gulf  and  Caribbean  have  been  analyzed  for 
1970-1975  for  each  molluscan  group  or  by-pro- 
duct landed,  and  for  each  of  the  six  coastal  states. 
The  statistics  listed  the  landings  by  the  following 
"classes"  of  molluscan  groups  or  by-products:  sea 
clam,  river  clam,  squid,  mixed  shells  (industrial), 
conch  meats,  mixed  molluscan  meats,  oyster  with 
shell,  oyster  meats  and  octopus.  During  1970-1975 
total  molluscan  landings  of  189,131  metric  tonnes, 
valued  at  $29,637,244  (USA),  were  reported  for 
the  area — averaging  about  31,522  tonnes,  worth 
about  $4,939,541  (USA),  per  year.  The  most  im- 
portant molluscan  fishery  of  the  region  during  the 
period  was  for  "oyster  with  shell"  (mainly 
Crassostrea  virginica),  followed  far  behind  by  the 
octopus  fishery  (Octopus  vulgaris  and  O.  maya.) 
The  oyster  with  shell  fishery  represented  about 
84%  by  weight  and  50%  by  value  of  total 
molluscan  landings,  including  by-products,  from 
the  Mexican  Gulf  and  Caribbean  region  during 
1970-1975.  The  octopus  fishery  represented  8.3% 
by  weight  and  25.1%  by  value  of  total  molluscan 
landings.  Veracruz  was  by  far  the  most  important 
state  for  molluscan  landings.  During  the  period, 
51.8%  of  the  total  weight  of  landings,  and  31.9% 
of  total  value,  from  the  region  were  reported  from 
the  state  of  Veracruz.  The  state  of  Tabasco  was  se- 


cond in  total  weight  landed  (29.5%)  and  the  state 
of  Campeche  was  second  in  total  value  of  landings 
(23.1%)  for  the  entire  region. 


A  DISEASE  SURVEY  OF 

NEW  ENGLAND  SOFT-SHELL 

CLAMS,  MY  A  ARENARIA 

Robert  S.  Brown 

Marine  Pathology  Laboratory 

Department  of  Animal  Pathology 

University  of  Rhode  Island 

Kingston,  Rhode  Island  02881 

A  field  survey  for  possible  pollution-related 
diseases  of  the  soft-shell  clam  was  initiated  in 
January,  1976.  To  date,  more  than  1500  clams 
from  10  sites  of  differing  types  and  degrees  of 
pollution  have  been  histopathologically  examin- 
ed. Lesions  noted  included:  disturbances  of 
growth  (neoplasia,  hyperplasia,  hypoplasia),  reac- 
tion to  injury  (hemocytosis,  inflammation),  pre- 
sence of  parasites  (bedsonia,  protozoan,  meta- 
zoan,  and  accumulations  of  orange-brown 
pigmented  bodies  (both  intra-  and  extracellularly). 

The  prevalence  of  these  lesions  varied  between 
sites  suggesting  environmental  influences. 
Cytologic  examination,  coupled  with  a  signifi- 
cantly increased  mortality  during  a  10  month 
study  indicated  the  malignancy  of  the  neoplastic 
disease. 


HISTOCHEMICAL  ANALYSES  OF  PIGMENT 

ACCUMULATIONS  IN 

MERCENARIA  MERCENARIA  L.  AND 

MY  A  ARENARIA  L. 


76 


ABSTRACTS 


Robert  S.  Brown  and  Carole  J.  OToole 

Marine  Pathology  Laboratory 

Department  of  Animal  Pathology 

University  of  Rhode  Island 

Kingston,  Rhode  Island  02881 

Histopathologic  analysis  of  Mercenaria  col- 
lected from  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island  and  New 
Jersey  demonstrated  accumulations  of  pigments  of 
three  types:  1)  irregular,  2-20  (im  diameter, 
orange-brown  staining  (H&E)  bodies,  present  ex- 
tracellularly  in  the  alimentary  tract  epithelium  and 
gonadal  connective  tissue,  and  intracellularly  in 
renal  epithelium;  2)  spherical  7-12  ^m  diameter 
eosinophilic  concretions,  present  intracellularly  in 
renal  epithelium;  and  3)  30-200  pm  diameter 
melanotic  casts  present  in  renal  tubular  lumens. 

Only  type  1  pigment  was  found  in  Mya  col- 
lected throughout  New  England,  and  was  present 
in  lesser  amounts  than  in  Mercenaria  from  adja- 
cent locations.  This  pigment  had  morphological 
characteristics  of  lipofuscins  (brown  staining 
bodies  of  oxidized  lipids)  found  in  vertebrates.  All 
three  pigment  types  had  histochemical  charac- 
teristics of  lipofuscins. 

Based  on  the  examination  of  over  200 
Mercenaria  and  1500  Mya,  the  accumulation  of 
these  pigments  appears  to  be  a  normal 
physiological  process,  although  abnormally  large 
accumulations  were  noted  in  clams  from  certain 
environments. 


CULTURE  OF  HATCHERY-SPAWNED 

MERCENARIA  MERCENARIA  IN 

MASSACHUSETTS 

H.  Arnold  Carr 

Massachusetts  Division 

of  Marine  Fisheries 
Sandwich,  Mass.  02563 

Coastal  towns,  which  have  the  prime  respon- 
sibility for  managing  shellfish  in  Massachusetts, 
are  finding  hatcheries  to  be  one  of  the  best  sources 
for  hard  clams  (M.  mercenaria).  During  1976,  12 
towns  bought  hatchery  stock  between  5-14  mm 
(longest  diameter).  A  variety  of  on-bottom  and 
off -bottom  systems  was  used  to  isolate  the  clams 
from  predators.  Growth  varied  with  system  de- 


sign, density  of  clams,  and  substrate  type.  Sur- 
vival prior  to  winter,  though  90%  or  more,  must 
be  qualified.  During  the  winter,  survival  was 
80-90%  in  rafts  and  widely  variable  in  pens  lying 
in  intertidal  and  shallow  subtidal  areas.  The  suc- 
cess of  most  transplants  into  natural,  unprotected 
bottom  appears  related  to  the  number  of  green 
crabs  observed  in  the  transplant  site.  Although  the 
theoretical  yield  of  this  technique  is  high,  the  ac- 
tual benefit  to  a  town  management  program  re- 
mains to  be  proven. 


ULTRASTRUCTURAL  EVIDENCE  THAT 

GASTROPODS  SWALLOW  SHELL  RASPED 

DURING  HOLE  BORING 

Melbourne  R.  Carriker 

College  of  Marine  Studies, 
University  of  Delaware 
Lewes,  Delaware  19958 

Observations  are  reported  on  the  ultrastructure 
of  shell  material  rasped  by  Urosalpinx  cinerea 
follyensis  Baker  from  boreholes  in  the  valves  of 
Mytilus  edulis  Linne  and  transported  normally  to 
the  stomach  through  the  buccal  cavity  and  esoph- 
agus. Duration  of  the  period  of  chemical  activity 
by  the  accessory  boring  organ  and  rasping  by  the 
radula  were  determined  with  a  valve  model.  Pel- 
lets of  shell  raspings  were  removed  from  the 
stomach  and,  after  fracturing  to  reveal  the  in- 
terior, and  coating  with  metal,  were  studied  with 
the  scanning  electron  microscope.  Shell  raspings 
were  compared  with  prisms  and  lamellae  in  frac- 
ture surfaces  of  normal  shell  of  M.  edulis  and  shell 
etched  with  ethylenediamine  and  sodium  hypo- 
chlorite to  reveal  the  form  of  shell  units  clearly. 

The  study  provided  ultrastructural  evidence  for 
the  first  time  that  U.  cinerea  swallows  shell  rasped 
from  the  borehole  during  penetration  of  prey. 
Both  prisms  and  lamellae  were  identified  in  the 
pellets  removed  from  the  stomach.  Noticeable 
dissolution  of  the  organic  matrix,  and  to  some  ex- 
tent also  of  the  mineral  portion,  of  prisms  was  evi- 
dent, features  which  facilitate  removal  of  shell  by 
the  snail  during  rasping.  If  the  long  axis  of  prisms 
occurs  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the  borehole,  the 
radula  tends  to  rasp  out  long  fragments  of  shell;  if 
prisms  are  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  surface,  the 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


77 


radula  breaks  prisms  into  small  pieces.  The  envel- 
ope of  mucoid  material  which  coats  pellets  un- 
doubtedly reduces,  or  prevents,  laceration  of  the 
epithelium  of  the  alimentary  canal  as  shell 
fragments  pass  down  the  tract.  A  gross  approx- 
imation of  the  percentage  of  shell  in  the  borehole 
which  is  rasped  and  swallowed  during  the  process 
of  hole  boring  is  14  % . 

THE  INTERACTION  OF  WATER  SOLUBLE 

FRACTIONS  (WSF)  OF  SOUTH  LOUISIANA 

CRUDE  OIL  AND  DERMOCYSTID1UM 

(LABYRINTHOMYXA)  MAR1NUM  AT 

VARYING  TEMPERATURES  IN  THE 

AMERICAN  OYSTER, 
CRASSOSTREA  VIRGINICA  GMELIN 

Keith  Cooper 

Marine  Pathology  Laboratory 

Department  of  Animal  Pathology 

University  of  Rhode  Island 

Kingston,  Rhode  Island  02881 

Sammy  Ray  and  Jerry  Neff 

Moody  College  of  Marine  Sciences 
and  Maritime  Resources 
Texas  A&M  University 
Galveston,  Texas  77550 

Over  500  oysters  infected  with  D.  marina  were 
exposed  to  100%  WSF  crude  oil  in  closed  seawater 
systems  with  water  temperatures  varying  between 
16°-  28c  C.  Elevated  water  temperature  resulted  in 
greater  mortality  and  significantly  higher  levels  of 
D.  marina  in  infected  oysters.  Oysters  exposed  to 
the  WSF  had  significantly  greater  mortality  and 
decreased  levels  of  D.  marina  than  non-exposed 
oysters.  Concommitant  temperature  elevation  and 
exposure  to  WSF  significantly  increased  mortality 
and  the  rate  of  uptake  of  napthalenic  hydrocar- 
bons. 

TETRACYCLINE  AS  A  BIVALVE 
SHELL  MARKER 

N.  Dean  Dey  and  Ellis  T.  Bolton 

University  of  Delaware 

College  of  Marine  Studies 

Lewes,  Delaware  19958 


Crassostrea  virginica,  Mercenaria  mercenaria 
and  Mytilus  edulis  were  exposed  to  the  antibiotic 
tetracycline  in  ambient  sea  water.  The  antibiotic 
was  dissolved  in  filtered  sea  water,  to  which  algal 
food  was  added.  The  animals  were  allowed  to  feed 
on  this  mixture,  which  encouraged  rapid  shell 
growth.  The  marking  period  lasted  one  week  to 
several  months.  Tetracycline  was  incorporated 
concurrently  with  the  rapid  deposition  of  new 
shell.  The  inlaid  tetracycline  fluoresces  a  vivid 
yellow-orange  under  UV  light  (Mineralight, 
254nm).  Marking  was  vivid  in  Crassostrea  and 
Mercenaria  and  vague  in  Mytilus. 

Marking  was  vague  at  0.5  and  5.0  mg  L"1  but 
vivid  at  25  to  200  mg  L"1.  No  deaths  or  mor- 
phological defects  were  noted  at  any  concentra- 
tion tested.  The  amount  of  inlaid  tetracycline  was 
related  to  the  quality  of  algal  food.  Algae  species 
known  to  be  good  food  sources  produced  the 
greatest  incorporation  of  tetracycline.  Marking  of 
Mercenaria  larval  and  spat  shells  was  visibly 
bright  at  25  and  50  mg  L"1  and  visibly  evident  at 
0.5  and  5.0  mg  L"1.  under  the  dissecting  micro- 
scope. Experiments  with  five  tetracycline  ana- 
logues showed  that  tetracycline  phosphate  com- 
plex produced  the  best  results  with  tetracycline 
HCL,  oxytetracycline,  doxycycline  and 
minocycline  producing  progressively  poorer 
results. 

The  mark  remains  undiminished  in  vivo  for  at 
least  seven  months,  and  its  permanence  is  sug- 
gested by  structural  changes  to  shell  crystals  on 
the  ultrastructural  scale.  The  persistence  of  the 
mark  and  its  distinctive  fluorescence  suggest  the 
utility  of  tetracycline  in  studies  of  shell  growth 
and  morphology  and  in  field  investigations.  Com- 
mercially, this  technique  could  be  used  as  an 
identification,  for  example,  by  hatcheries  to  com- 
bat poaching  on  leased  grow-out  grounds. 


OYSTER  REEF  CULTIVATION 
FOR  CULTCH  MATERIAL 

William  J.  Eckmayer 

Alabama  Marine  Resources  Laboratory 
Dauphin  Island,  Alabama  36528 

A  modified  oyster  dredge  was  used  as  a  method 
of  utilizing  existing  buried  shell  for  cultch.  SCUBA 


78 


ABSTRACTS 


and  random  m2  quadrats  were  used  before  and 
after  dredging  to  sample  Bayou  Cour  Reef,  Kings 
Bayou  Reef,  and  Shellbank  Reef  in  Mobile  Bay 
and  Bon  Secour  Bay,  Alabama.  The  reefs  were 
dredged  at  a  rate  of  6.4  km/hour  covering  0.4  ha 
in  one  hour  and  15  minutes. 

The  modified  dredge  was  found  to  destroy  half- 
shell  while  exposing  the  half-shell  resulting  in  an 
increase  in  shell  weight.  The  bottom  was  disrupted 
and  the  exposed  shell  appeared  to  settle  into  the 
bottom  with  a  subsequent  loss  of  relief  followed 
by  an  accumulation  of  silt. 

Spat  set  increased  following  dredging,  but  loss 
of  relief  makes  this  method  unsatisfactory  for  reefs 
over  a  soft  substrate.  Man-made  or  rehabilitated 
oyster  reefs  on  hard  substrate  may  benefit  from 
this  method. 


MARKING  CLAMS  WITH  RUBIDIUM1 
Arnold  G.  Eversole 

Clemson  University 
Department  of  Entomology  and 

Economic  Zoology 
Clemson,  South  Carolina  29631 

Hard  shelled  clams,  Mercenaria  mercenaria, 
were  successfully  marked  with  rubidium  by  rear- 
ing seed  clams  in  artificial  seawater  with  an 
aqueous  solution  of  rubidium  chloride.  Elevated 
levels  of  Rb*  in  samples  of  tissue  were  detected  by 
atomic  absorption  spectroscopy.  Clams  exposed 
for  48  and  96  hours  to  10.0,  1.0,  0.1  and  0.01  g/1 
RbCl  contained  levels  of  Rb*  significantly 
higher  than  endogenous  levels.  Biological  activity, 
measured  as  siphon  extension  and  survival  of 
clams,  was  not  affected  by  the  presence  of  RbCl  at 
concentrations  less  than  10.0  g/1.  Also,  sig- 
nificantly higher  levels  of  Rb*  were  present  in 
tissue  for  up  to  3  weeks  when  clams  were  exposed 
to  1.0  g/1  RbCl  for  96  hours  then  transferred  to 
uncontaminated  water. 

Diatoms,  Phaedactylus  tricornutum,  exposed 
for  24,48  and  96  hours  to  10.0,  1.0  and  0.1  g/1 
RbCl  had  significantly  higher  levels  of  Rb*  than 
diatoms  cultured  without  RbCl.  Clams  cultured 
for  96  hours  in  vessels  containing  diatoms  exposed 
to  1.0  g/1  Rb  CI  had  significantly  more  Rb*  than 


clams  grown  with  unlabelled  diatoms.  Clams  ex- 
posed to  1.0  g/1  RbCl  solutions  with  and  without 
diatoms  contained  levels  of  Rb*  significantly 
higher  than  those  clams  reared  only  with  labelled 
diatoms.  No  significant  difference  was  detected 
between  clams  grown  with  and  without  diatoms  at 
1.0  g/1  RbCl. 

Mud  crabs,  Panopeus  herbstii,  were  offered  Rb* 
labelled  clams  for  96  hours  then  sacrificed  or 
transferred  to  containers  with  unlabelled  clams  for 
7  days.  Control  crabs  were  fed  unlabelled  clams 
and  sacrificed  at  96  hours  and  7  days.  Fecal 
strands  of  experimental  crabs  had  elevated  levels 
of  Rb*  with  a  peak  at  approximately  132  hours. 
Four  tissues  dissected  from  control  and  experimen- 
tal crabs  were  analyzed  and  significantly  higher 
levels  of  Rb*  were  found  in  the  hepatopancreas  of 
experimental  crabs  after  the  first  96  hours.  No  ap- 
parent difference  was  detected  at  7  days. 


This  study  was  supported  by  the  South  Carolina  Experiment 
Station  and  Clemson  University  Faculty  Research  Commit- 
tee. 


SUSPENSION  CULTURE  OF  EUROPEAN 
OYSTERS  (OSTREA  EDUL1SL.) 

Reg  Gillmor 

Ira  C.  Darling  Center 

University  of  Maine  at  Orono 

Walpole,  Maine  04573 

Operations  have  appeared  along  the  coast  of 
Maine  during  the  past  few  years  for  the  culture  of 
European  oysters.  Suspension  techniques  are  used 
for  the  grow-out  of  cultchless,  hatchery-reared 
seed,  and  suspension  systems  most  often  involve 
one  or  another  variation  on  the  Japanese  long-  lin- 
ing theme.  The  first  system  to  appear  commercial- 
ly employs  floating  modules  consisting  of  stacks 
of  wooden-framed  plastic  mesh  trays  short- 
tethered  to  a  long  hauser  line.  These  are  tended 
from  a  raft  which  can  hoist  modules  aboard  for 
servicing — cleaning,  grading,  etc. — one  at  a  time. 
A  second  system  was  recently  introduced  which 
makes  use  of  culture  nets  imported  from  Japan 
where  they  were  developed  for  the  rearing  of  pearl 
shells  and  scallops.  In  this  system  the  gear  is  in- 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


79 


dividually  buoyed  and  suspended,  either  near  the 
surface  or  at  mid-depth,  beneath  a  long  line.  A 
service  raft  is  also  utilized  and  in  this  case  there  ex- 
ists the  possibility  of  batch-servicing  a  number  of 
net  modules  simultaneously.  A  third  technique 
has  appeared  for  nursery  grow-out  in  well  pro- 
tected areas.  The  culture  unit  is  a  rectangular, 
wooden-framed  tray  enclosed  with  plastic  mesh 
on  both  top  and  bottom.  These  are  strung  together 
end  to  end,  floated  in  rows,  and  flipped  regularly 
so  that  each  side  is  alternately  exposed  and 
submerged,  a  procedure  which  controls  fouling. 
The  equipment  and  methods  of  several  oyster 
farms  are  illustrated  and  discussed  indicating  the 
varying  approaches  to  common  problems  such  as 
retrieval  and  resuspension  of  modules,  prevention 
and  removal  of  fouling,  overwintering  and  others. 
The  development  of  the  Maine  oyster  aquaculture 
industry  as  a  whole  is  briefly  reviewed. 


GROWTH  RESPONSES  OF  EUROPEAN 

AND  AMERICAN  OYSTERS 

(OSTREAEDULISL. 

AND  CRASSOSTREA  VIRGINICA  G.) 

TO  INTERTIDAL  EXPOSURE 

Reg  Gillmor 

Ira  C.  Darling  Center 

University  of  Maine  at  Orono 

Walpole,  Maine  04573 

In  view  of  the  use  which  is  made  of  the  intertidal 
zone  in  the  rearing  of  oysters  in  other  areas  of  the 
world  (e.g.,  Japan,  New  Zealand)  studies  were 
undertaken  to  determine  its  potential  usefulness  to 
the  culture  of  European  and  American  oysters  in 
Maine.  As  part  of  a  seed  "hardening"  experiment, 
spat  were  suspended  at  1  subtidal  and  5  intertidal 
levels  (9-49%  mean  aerial  exposure  time).  Mon- 
thly instantaneous  growth  (whole  dry  weight) 
rates  (k)  indicated  American  oysters  to  be  "break- 
ing even"  with  exposure;  i.e.,  over  the  range  of 
levels  tested  a  given  percentage  change  in  immer- 
sion times  was  matched  by  an  equal  change  in  k  so 
that  growth  relative  to  immersion  time  was  ap- 
proximately the  same  at  all  levels.  The  k  vs.  ex- 
posure curve  for  European  oyster  seed  was  also 
linear  but  differed  in  having  a  more  rapid  decline 
in  growth  with  increasing  exposure.  A  similar  pat- 


tern of  growth  was  exhibited  by  yearlings  of  the  2 
species  suspended  for  5  months  at  10  levels 
centered  more  or  less  on  mean  low  water.  Because 
of  the  closer  spacing  and  more  restricted  range  of 
exposure  levels  (0-30%)  in  this  experiment, 
however,  a  better  resolution  of  the  growth 
response  at  the  lower  levels  of  exposure  was  possi- 
ble, and  an  interesting  feature  of  European  oyster 
growth  not  distinguishable  in  the  seed  study 
emerged:  Growth  at  levels  of  exposure  up  to 
10-12%  equalled  that  of  subtidal  oysters,  in- 
dicating that  growth  relative  to  immersion  time 
was  actually  greatest  in  the  groups  exposed  at  low 
levels.  At  higher  levels  k  values  declined  rapidly. 
Growth  of  American  oysters  again  appeared  to 
correspond  with  immersion  time  in  a  one-to-one 
fashion.  The  O.  edulis  result  suggests  a  potential 
use  of  the  lower  intertidal  for  the  "market 
hardening" —  conditioning  for  prolonged  valve 
closure — of  European  oysters  to  extend  their  shelf 
life,  a  problem  which  has  been  troubling  Maine 
aquaculturists.  Such  a  procedure  need  not  entail 
any  loss  of  growth. 


THE  ONSHORE  SURF  CLAM  RESOURCE 

ALONG  THE  SOUTHERN  NEW  JERSEY 

COAST 

Harold  H.Haskin 

Oyster  Research  Laboratory 

New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experimental  Statio)i 

and  Department  of  Zoology 

Rutgers  University 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey 

With  the  general  decline  of  the  offshore  surf 
clam  beds  under  increasing  dredging  pressure  over 
the  past  decade,  an  increasing  proportion  of  the 
New  Jersey  catch  has  been  taken  from  the  inshore 
beds,  close  to  the  beaches  of  Atlantic  and  Cape 
May  Counties.  This  shift  in  fishing  effort  has  caus- 
ed concern  for  the  maintenance  of  the  inshore 
populations  and,  since  1972,  has  led  to  studies  of 
population  size,  distribution,  recruitment  and 
growth. 

During  this  period  the  standing  stock  within  the 
three-mile  limit  has  been  declining  continuously 
and    is    now    estimated    at    less    than    4-million 


80 


ABSTRACTS 


bushels.  In  general  the  more  dense  populations  are 
close  to  the  beaches  and,  within  the  three-mile 
limit,  decrease  in  density  with  distance  offshore. 
The  clams  also  show  two  distinct  gradients  in  size: 
(1)  smaller  clams  inshore;  (2)  smaller  clams  up  the 
shore  in  the  stretch  from  Cape  May  to  Beach 
Haven  inlet. 

Over  several  summer  seasons  settling  of  juven- 
iles has  been  general  in  the  inshore  area  with  den- 
sities ranging  up  to  several  hundred  per  square 
meter.  Early  mortality  rates,  however,  have  been 
high  and  by  end  of  summer  young  of  the  year  are 
virtually  non-existent.  Principal  predators  include 
Limulus.  Ovalipes  and  Pagurus.  No  substantial 
recruitment  has  occurred  in  the  past  five  years. 


MORTALITY  PATTERNS  AND  DISEASE 
RESISTANCE  IN  DELAWARE  BAY  OYSTERS 

Harold  H.  Haskin  and  Susan  E.  Ford 

Oyster  Research  Laboratory 

New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experimental  5tatio>i 

and  Department  of  Zoology 

Rutgers  University 
New  Brunswick,  Neio  Jersey 

Since  1964,  29  groups  of  oysters  have  been 
laboratory-bred  for  resistance  to  kill  by  Minchinia 
nelsoni,  then  selected  and  tested  for  survival  in  en- 
zootic waters  in  Delaware  Bay.  Survival  at  the  end 
of  a  33-month  test  period  of  four  filial  generations 
of  selected  stocks  has  been  compared  to  that  of  un- 
selected  groups.  Compared  to  16  groups  of  suscep- 
tibles  the  survival  ratio  of  F,  resistants  is  4.4;  this 
ratio  increases  to  5.0,  6.6  and  8.9  for  F:,  F,  and  F4 
respectively.  Native  set  originating  from  parents 
selected  on  planted  grounds  in  the  lower  bay,  have 
a  cumulative  kill  falling  between  susceptibles  and 
Fi  resistants,  with  a  survival  ratio  of  2.9  compared 
to  the  unselected  stocks. 

Differential  mortality  ratios  are  established  dur- 
ing exposure  to  the  first  complete  summer  infec- 
tive period  and  are  maintained  with  little  variation 
for  the  remainder  of  the  test  period.  Despite  a 
plateauing  of  cumulative  mortality  curves  for  all 
stocks  after  the  initial  kill,  seasonal  mortality  rates 
remain  higher  for  susceptibles  than  for  resistant 
groups  after  nearly  three  years  of  selection. 


Non-predation  kill  on  Delaware  Bay  native  seed 
stocks  planted  on  low  bay  leased  grounds  during 
the  past  12  years  has  generally  demonstrated  sur- 
vival comparable  to  laboratory-reared  resistant 
groups. 


THE  OYSTER  INDUSTRY 
OF  VIRGINIA  1931  to  1975 

Dexter  S.  Haven,  William  J.  Hargis,  Jr. 
and  Paul  C.  Kendall 

Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science 
Gloucester  Point,  Virginia  23062 

This  study  investigates  the  cause  or  causes  of 
the  decline  in  productivity  of  Virginia's  oyster  in- 
dustry over  the  years  and  especially  the  catas- 
trophic decline  since  1960.  Included  in  this  report 
are  detailed  studies  on  landings  and  oyster  densi- 
ty, a  documentation  of  the  decline  in  spatfall  in 
many  areas  since  1°60,  reviews  of  predators  and 
diseases,  repletion  activities,  laws  and  other 
aspects. 

The  principal  reason  for  the  decline  since  I960 
has  been  the  direct  or  indirect  impact  of  MSX,  but 
other  factors  associated  with  degradation  of  the 
environment  may  also  have  operated.  In  many  in- 
stances rising  labor  costs  and  antiquated  tech- 
nology have  prevented  a  recovery  of  the  industry. 

Recommendations  for  improving  the  industry 
are  given. 


AGE,  GROWTH,  REPRODUCTION 

AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  BAY 

SCALLOP, 

AEQU1PECTEN IRRAD1ANS 

1RRADIANS  (LAMARCK). 

IN  THREE  EMBAYMENTS 

OF  EASTERN  LONG  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK, 

AS  RELATED  TO  THE  FISHERY 

Mary  T.  Hickey' 

Department  of  Marine  and  Environmental  Science 

C.  W.  Post  Center.  Long  Island  University 

Greenvale.  New  York  11548 

Bay   scallops    are   an    economically    important 
fishery  on  eastern  Long  Island.  The  bay  scallop 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


81 


populations  in  three  embayments  in  the  Town  of 
East  Hampton,  N.Y.,  were  studied  for  weight, 
growth,  and  condition  of  the  adductor  muscle, 
reproduction,  shell  growth,  abundance  and 
distribution. 

The  spawning  effort  is  maximized  at  the  expense 
of  other  functions.  Spawning  occurs  primarily  in 
tune  and  is  temperature  related.  The  adductor 
muscle  index  and  condition  decrease  during  gonad 
maturation  and  spawning,  and  shell  growth  near- 
ly ceases  during  the  reproductive  period.  The 
greatest  rate  of  weight  gain  of  the  adductor  muscle 
and  greatest  shell  growth  occur  during  the  post- 
spawning  period,  July  through  October. 

Commercially  acceptable  growth  appeared  to 
be  density  and  depth  related.  Modal  shell  length  of 
the  harvestable  year  class  was  60-65  mm  at  the 
beginning  of  the  fishing  season  in  October.  State 
and  local  minimum  size  regulations  were  evalua- 
ted on  a  biological  basis  and  management  recom- 
mendations were  discussed. 


Present   address:    4415    Independence   St.,    Rockville.    Md. 
20853. 


OYSTER  SETTING  -  EVOLUTION  OF 
COMMERCIAL  HATCHERY  TECHNIQUE 

Herbert  Hidu 

Richard  D.  Clime 

Samuel  R.  Chapman 

Ira  C.  Darling  Center 

University  of  Maine 

Walpole,  Maine  04573 

Cultchless  setting  has  obviously  revolutionized 
hatchery  economics.  Bill  Budge's  development  has 
led  to  a  variety  of  proprietary  and  apparently 
non-proprietary  approaches  to  the  process. 
Ultimate  optimization  in  cultchless  setting  must 
depend  on  a  complete  understanding  of  physiolog- 
ical and  behavioral  responses  at  setting.  It  is  clear 
that  oyster  larvae  can  delay  metamorphosis  and 
set  in  response  to  environmental  stimuli.  Our  ex- 
periments indicate  that  the  setting  response  is 
released  by  rapid  temperature  increases,  water- 
borne  pheromones  from  adult  oysters,  and  an 
unknown  property  associated  with  calcium  car- 
bonate of  shell.  All  are  used  to  advantage  in  an  ef- 


ficient cultchless  process.  Several  calcium 
carbonate  related  materials  appear  to  be  stimula- 
tory including  tropical  beach  sand,  foraminiferal 
sand  (we  thank  Mr.  Thomas  W.  Dignes  for  sug- 
gesting the  use  of  foraminiferal  sand  as  a  cultch 
material),  polished  marble  and  marble  chips.  It  is 
possible  to  orient  larvae  with  hinge-side  upper- 
most on  vertical  polished  marble  slabs  thus  in- 
creasing the  efficiency  of  removal  without  dam- 
age. A  complete  understanding  of  the  reponse  to 
calcium  carbonate  may  allow  us  a  system  of 
oyster  metamorphosis  in  the  absence  of  substrate. 


AN  OYSTER  FAMILY  TREE: 
ANCESTRY  OF  CRASSOSTREA  VIRG1NICA 

Sewell  H.  Hopkins 

Department  of  Biology 

Texas  A&M  University 

College  Station,  Texas  77843 

A  hypothetical  family  tree  of  oysters  is 
presented,  based  on  the  authoritative  text  of  H.B. 
Stenzel  ("Oysters,"  volume  3  of  3,  Part  N, 
Bivalvia,  Mollusca  6,  Moore's  Treatise  on  In- 
vertebrate Paleontology,  1971).  However,  I  do 
not  believe  that  our  oyster  descended  from  the 
giant  Eocene  "Crassostrea"  gigantissima  as  some 
geologists  argue  (Sohl  and  Kauffman,  1964,  and 
others).  As  an  ancestor  for  our  oyster  I  prefer 
Crassostrea  glabra  (Meek  and  Hayden,  1857). 
This  species  was  abundant  in  widely  separated 
parts  of  the  huge  brackish  Laramie  Sea  that  ex- 
tended across  the  interior  of  Western  North 
American,  from  Canada  to  Mexico,  in  very  late 
Cretaceous  time.  It  was  associated  with  a  few 
other  species  of  marine  origin  (species  of  Anomia, 
Brachidontes  and  Corbula,  along  with  some 
species  of  genera  which  have  both  marine  and 
fresh-water  affinities:  Corbicula,  Neritina, 
Melania,  and  other).  In  other  parts  of  the  same  sea 
there  were  many  species  of  genera  which  are  now 
found  only  in  fresh  water,  indicating  that  salinity 
must  have  been  very  low.  C.  glabra  seems  to  have 
been  a  true  Crassostrea,  usually  lacking  the 
marginal  denticles  that  Stenzel  called  "chomata," 
and  was  very  similar  to  living  Maryland  oysters  of 


82 


ABSTRACTS 


the  deep-water  type.  Descent  from  an  oyster  of  a 
low-salinity  brackish  sea  may  account  for  the  fact 
that  C.  virginica  tolerates  lower  salinity  than  any 
other  living  oyster.  C.  gigantissima,  besides  hav- 
ing chomata  when  young  and  thus  not  being  a 
Crassostrea  by  Stenzel's  definition,  was  associated 
with  many  marine  species  as  you  would  expect  if  it 
grew  in  salty  coastal  lagoons. 


BACTERIOLOGICAL  STUDIES  OF 
LONG  ISLAND  SHELLFISH  HATCHERIES1 

Louis  Leibovitz 

Department  of  Avian  and  Aquatic  Animal 

Medicine 

New  York  State  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

High  concentrations  of  bacteria  in  shellfish 
hatchery  media  have  been  reported  as  a  cause  of 
larval  mortality.  This  study  was  undertaken  to 
characterize  the  dominant  bacterial  flora  of  the 
Long  Island  shellfish  hatcheries.  Although  the 
study  was  initiated  at  a  single  hatchery  during 
1972,  the  current  report  covers  a  three-year  period 
(1974-1976)  and  includes  5  hatcheries.  Bacterio- 
logical samples  from  sick  and  healthy  oyster  and 
clam  larval  cultures  and  their  ingredients  were 
taken  at  a  standard  working  dilution  onto  Plate 
Count  Agar  media  with  synthetic  sea  salts.  Each 
cultural  sample  was  replicated  in  triplicate.  The 
hatchery  ingredients  samples  included  incoming 
ultraviolet  treated  and  untreated  bay  and  well 
water,  stock  algal  cultures,  and  pooled  algal 
cultures.  Samples  were  taken  throughout  the  year 
at  regular  monthly  intervals.  Qualitative  and 
quantitative  counts  were  made  of  the  dominant 
populations  of  each  culture  and  isolated  colonies 
were  identified  as  pure  cultures. 

A  total  of  1,279  cultures  were  taken  and  710 
pure  bacterial  isolates  were  identified.  Sixty-six 
percent  of  all  bacteria  isolated  and  identified  from 
intake  water  samples  were  gram  negative,  and 
15.7  percent  were  gram  positive.  Well  water  had  a 
higher  percentage  of  gram  positive  organisms  than 
did  bay  water  intake.  Thirty-three  percent 
Pseudomonas,  10.4  percent  Flavobacter  or 
Cytophaga,  8.7  percent  Acinetobacter,  4.9  per- 
cent Aeromonas,   3.8  percent  Enter obacteriacea, 


3.2  percent  Vibrio  and  1.5  percent  Achromobacter 
spp.  were  the  dominant  gram  negative  isolates 
found  in  all  water  sampled.  Well  water  counts 
were  lower  but  contained  a  higher  percentage  of 
Aeromonas,  Vibrio,  and  Flavobacter  or 
Cytophaga  and  less  Enterobacteriacea  than  did 
bay  water.  Ultraviolet  treatment  had  no  effect  on 
bacterial  counts  of  hatchery  water  intake.  Stock 
algal  cultures  were  frequently  contaminated  with 
a  wide  variety  of  bacteria.  The  percentage  of 
Acinetobacter  and  Flavobacter  or  Cytophaga  spp. 
increased  in  algal  cultures.  Sick  or  dying  oyster 
larval  cultures  are  characterized  by  a  sharp  de- 
crease in  the  percentages  of  Pseudomonas, 
Flavobacter  or  Cytophaga,  Acinetobacter  and 
Enterobacteriacea  spp.  and  a  rise  in  percent  gram 
positive  bacteria.  Sick  clam  larval  cultures  were 
associated  with  a  drop  in  the  percentage  of  Flavo- 
bacter or  Cytophaga,  Aeromonas,  and 
Enterobacteriacea  spp.  The  percent  of  unidentified 
and  lost  bacterial  cultures  increased  in  sick  oyster 
and  clam  larval  cultures.  Each  hatchery  larval 
culture  media  had  its  own  distinctive  bacterial 
flora.  High  bacterial  counts  were  associated  with 
warm  weather,  increased  storage  and  culture  time, 
and  high  organic  content.  The  frequency  and  dis- 
tribution of  Vibrio  spp.  during  an  outbreak  of 
vibriosis  is  reported.  Water  quality  studies  were 
conducted  during  the  study.  The  usefulness  of 
routine  bacteriologic  sampling  for  diagnostic  pur- 
poses is  discussed. 

1.  This  research  was  sponsored  by  the  New  York  Sea  Grant 
Institute  under  a  grant  from  the  Office  of  Sea  Grant.  Na- 
tional Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration  (NOAA), 
U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce. 


WATER  QUALITY  STUDIES  OF  LONG  ISLAND 
SHELLFISH  HATCHERIES  ' 

Louis  Leibovitz  and  John  Hamlin  Gordon  II 

Department  of  Avian  and  Aquatic 

Animal  Medicine 

New  York  State  College  of 

Veterinary  Medicine 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

Since  the  health  of  shellfish  larvae  and  the  ef- 
ficacy of  shellfish  hatchery  production  is  depend- 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


83 


ent  upon  the  characteristics  and  stability  of  the 
water  supply,  a  study  of  the  water  quality  of  bay 
and  well  water  intakes  of  5  Long  Island  shellfish 
hatcheries  was  undertaken  to  define  the  cycle  and 
range  of  water  quality  changes  throughout  a  pro- 
duction year.  Samples  were  taken  at  regular 
monthly  intervals  and  included  measurements  for 
ammonia,  nitriate,  nitrate,  orthophosphate,  total 
organic  phosphate,  total  inorganic  phosphate, 
dissolved  oxygen,  pH,  salinity  and  temperature. 

Ammonia  well  values  ranged  from  a  low  of  0.5 
to  a  high  of  5.2  and  a  mean  of  1.67  mg/liter.  Bay 
intake  ammonia  values  ranged  from  1.7  to  7.0  and 
a  mean  of  4.52  mg/liter  through  the  year.  Am- 
monia values  rose  through  the  spring  and  summer 
months  with  a  sharp  decline  at  the  end  of  the  year 
during  early  winter.  A  precipitous  short-term 
drop  in  ammonia  levels  in  July  was  associated 
with  an  outbreak  of  vibriosis  and  high  larval  mor- 
tality at  one  hatchery. 

Nitrate  values  ranged  from  0.5  to  5.0,  mean 
1.77  mg/liter  for  well;  and  0.5  to  6.1,  mean  4.52 
mg/liter  for  bay  intake.  During  spring  and  sum- 
mer months  low  levels  of  nitrate  were  found, 
followed  by  a  sharp  increase  in  fall  and  winter. 

Orthophosphate  levels  ranged  from  0.03  to 
0.095,  mean  0.05  mg/liter  for  well  water  and  0.04 
to  0.40,  mean  0.186  mg/liter,  for  bay  intake.  In 
the  presence  of  oxygen,  orthophosphate  and  iron 
levels  are  interrelated.  An  extremely  high  short- 
term  orthophosphate  level  was  associated  with 
disease  at  one  hatchery  utilizing  fossil  fuel  thermal 
effluent. 

Iron  levels  in  bay  water  increased  markedly  in 
the  spring  of  the  year  and  decreased  later.  Iron 
levels  in  well  water  were  low  and  at  a  stable  level. 
Copper  fluctuated  throughout  the  year,  but  were 
always  higher  than  reported  for  ambient  oceanic 
levels. 

Well  intake  had  lower  pH  values  than  bay  in- 
take. Both  became  more  alkaline  during  spring 
and  summer,  and  more  acid  during  fall  and  winter 
months. 

More  work  is  needed  to  select  and  define  the 
criteria  for  water  quality  tests  at  shellfish  hatch- 
eries. 

1  This  research  was  sponsored  by  the  New  York  Sea  Grant 
Institute  under  a  grant  from  the  Office  of  Sea  Grant,  Na- 
tional Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration  (NOAA), 
U.S.  Department  of  Commerce. 


A  COMPARISON  OF  HINGE-LINE 

MORPHOGENESIS  IN  LARVAL  SHELLS  OF 

MYTILUS  EDUL1S  L.  AND 

MODIOLUS  MODIOLUS  (L.) 

Richard  A.  Lutz 

Yale  University 

Department  of  Geology  and  Geophysics 

New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520 

Optical  and  scanning  electron  microscopic  ex- 
amination of  laboratory  reared  cultures  of  larval 
Mytilus  edulis  (blue  mussel)  and  Modiolus 
modiolus  (northern  horse  mussel)  revealed  similar 
hinge-line  morphogenesis  (straight-hinge  stage 
through  metamorphosis)  in  both  species.  The 
hinge  apparatus  (provinculum)  of  both  mytilids 
increased  in  size  and  complexity  throughout  larval 
development,  with  progressive  lateral  thickening 
characteristic  of  the  family  Mytilidae.  The  number 
of  "teeth",  while  highly  variable  between  in- 
dividuals with  similar  shell  dimensions,  increased 
significantly  with  both  total  shell  and  provin- 
culum length.  Ultrastructural  studies  of  the  teeth 
revealed  marked  ridged  structures  which  became 
increasingly  apparent  with  larval  growth.  In 
neither  species  did  lateral  teeth  develop  prior  to 
settlement  and  metamorphosis. 

Significant  differences  at  the  population  level 
were  found  between  Mytilus  edulis  and  Modiolus 
modiolus  upon  regression  and  quantitative  com- 
parison of  each  of  the  following:  larval  length  vs. 
provinculum  length;  larval  width  vs.  provinculum 
length;  provinculum  length  vs.  number  of  teeth; 
and  larval  length  vs.  number  of  teeth.  Such  dif- 
ferences should  prove  useful  in  discrimination  of 
these  two  mytilids  within  the  plankton. 


CULTURE  OF  THE  SEA  SCALLOP, 

PLACOPECTEN  MAGELLANICUS  (GMELIN) 

IN  NEWFOUNDLAND 

K.S.Naidu 

Fisheries  and  Marine  Service 

Fisheries  and  Environment  Canada 

3  Water  Street 

St.  John's,  Newfoundland 

A1C1A1 


84 


ABSTRACTS 


Techniques  used  to  collect  naturally-produced 
sea  scallop  (Placopecten  magellanicus)  spat  using 
artificial  substrates  and  their  subsequent  growth  in 
hanging  culture  at  a  near-shore  locality  in  New- 
foundland are  described. 

Of  the  various  substrates  employed  polyethy- 
lene film  enclosed  in  onion  bags  appeared  to  be  the 
most  suitable.  Using  this  substrate  the  mean 
number  of  live  scallop  spat  collected  increased 
with  depth  to  about  12  m;  deeper  than  this,  the 
numbers  settling  decreased.  Collectors  suspended 
in  less  than  8  m  harboured  considerable  numbers 
of  starfish.  Numbers  of  live  spat  and  starfish  in 
collecting  units  were  inversely  correlated.  The 
mean  size  (±1  S.D)  of  live  spat  (dorso-ventral 
axis)  at  the  time  of  collection  was  12.4 ±0.81  mm 
with  a  range  of  5.0  to  19.1mm.  There  was  a  slight 
but  significant  increase  in  size  with  depth,  the  dif- 
ference in  size  being  approximately  1.0  mm  over 
the  12  m  range  sampled. 

Growth  of  scallops  in  suspended  culture  was  ex- 
ceptionally good.  Preliminary  results  indicate  that 
shell  heights  of  12,  24,  36,  48  and  60  month-old 
animals  to  be  in  the  order  of  36,  66,  80,  95  and  107 
mm  respectively.  Corresponding  shell  heights  of 
wild  scallops  from  the  sea  bottom  in  the  same  area 
were  x,  27,46,  66  and  85  mm  (x,  12  month-old 
scallops,  were  not  represented  in  the  study).  Mor- 
tality is  approximately  5%  per  annum.  Animals 
under  two  years  appear  to  sustain  higher  mor- 
talities than  those  above  it. 

The  relatively  sedentary  nature  of  the  animal 
opens  up  the  possibility  of  resource  enhancement 
of  the  species  through  sea  ranching  the  coastal 
zone.  This  less  expensive  but  longer  route  is  being 
examined  as  well. 


ENGINEERING  CONSIDERATIONS  IN  THE 

DESIGN  OF 

OYSTER  DEPURATION  PLANTS 

Bruce  J.  Neilson 

Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science 
Gloucester  Point,  Virginia  23062 

Oyster  depuration  studies  were  conducted  using 
four  commercial  size  tanks  with  varying  en- 
vironmental factors  and  initial  bacterial  levels.  All 
four  tank  designs  were  suitable  for  the  process, 


but  two  were  superior.  The  primary  design  fea- 
tures which  appear  to  be  important  are  the  resi- 
dence time  of  the  water  and  the  circulation  pattern 
within  the  tank.  Fecal  coliform  levels  in  the  water 
were  observed  to  rise  as  soon  as  the  oysters  were 
placed  in  the  tank.  Depuration  occurs  more  rapid- 
ly if  the  bacteria  released  by  the  shellfish  are  rapid- 
ly removed  from  the  tank.  The  time  for  a  90% 
reduction  in  concentration  of  dye  injected  into  the 
tank  was  found  to  be  roughly  twice  the  theoretical 
residence  time,  which  is  obtained  by  dividing  the 
total  volume  by  the  flow  rate. 

The  residence  time  may  be  decreased  by  increas- 
ing the  flow  of  water.  An  alternative  method  is  to 
increase  the  number  of  oysters  held  in  the  tank. 
Tests  showed  that  depuration  was  equally  success- 
ful in  identical  tanks  holding  1.8  and  3  bushels  of 
oysters  if  the  flow  of  water  per  bushel  of  oysters 
was  the  same  for  both  tanks. 

Good  circulation  in  the  tank  is  needed  to  pre- 
vent dead  areas  which  could  become  oxygen  de- 
pleted. Dye  tests  showed  that  the  residence  time 
was  greatly  reduced  when  a  water  pump  was  used 
to  increase  the  flow  within  the  tank.  Air  lift  pumps 
can  accomplish  the  same  result.  If  the  system  is 
properly  designed,  the  resulting  current  will  be 
smooth  and  gentle  and  will  not  resuspend  biode- 
posits. 


OIL  AND  THE  OYSTER  IN  DELAWARE  BAY 

George  S.  Noyes, 

Harold  H.  Haskin, 

and  Cindy  Van  Dover 

Oyster  Research  Laboratory 

New  Jersey  Agricultural  Expt.  Station 

and  Department  of  Zoology 

Rutgers  University 

Potentially  hazardous  effects  of  petroleum  and 
its  derivatives  on  an  economically  important 
population  of  the  American  oyster,  Crassostrea 
virginica,  were  investigated  to  assist  development 
for  the  Delaware  estuary,  of  more  precise  water 
quality  standards,  compatible  for  both  industry 
and  survival  of  oyster  beds. 

Adult  and  larval  oysters  were  chronically  ex- 
posed to  crude  and  refined  oils  adsorbed  onto  fine 
kaolin  clay.   Threshold  concentrations  for  mor- 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


85 


talities  and  relative  toxicities  for  different  oils  were 
determined. 

Adult  oysters  exposed  to  0.3  ppm  Nigerian 
crude  showed  mortalities  twice  those  of  controls. 
No.  2  fuel  oil  was  approximately  twice  as  toxic  as 
Nigerian  crude,  which  in  turn  was  twice  as  toxic  as 
Iranian  light  crude. 

Larvae,  cultured  in  natural  seawater,  developed 
and  metamorphosed  in  control  treatments,  but 
showed  increasing  mortality,  delay  in  develop- 
ment, and  inhibition  of  metamorphosis  at  and 
above  concentrations  of  0.5  ppm  Nigerian  crude 
oil.  No.  2  fuel  oil  was  highly  toxic  to  larvae  at  con- 
centrations as  low  as  0.25  ppm.  Larvae  did  not 
show  greater  sensitivity  to  oils  when  compared  to 
adults. 

THE  ROLE  OF  URONEMA 

MARIN UM  (PROTOZOA) 

IN  OYSTER  HATCHERY  PRODUCTION 

Linda  Plunket 

Ira  C.  Darling  Center 

University  of  Maine  at  Orono 

Walpole,  Maine  04573 

In  Maine's  hatchery  production  of  oysters, 
significant  mortalities  at  the  early  juvenile  stage 
have  been  associated  with  ciliate  protozoan  in- 
festations. The  predominant  ciliate  was  isolated 
from  live  infested  oysters  in  the  Spring  of  1974  and 
was  identified  as  Uronema  marinum.  Feeding-type 
experiments  were  carried  out  to  determine  what 
food  source  this  ciliate  was  utilizing  in  the  tank  en- 
vironment. Uronema  marinum  was  found  to  be  a 
bacteriophage  and  not  a  histophage;  thus,  the  high 
mortalities  accompanying  the  early  juvenile  stage 
cannot  be  primarily  attributed  to  the  ciliate  in- 
festations. 


The  survival  and  growth  of  hatchery  reared 
bivalves  have  been  investigated  in  a  system  of 
fiberglass  raceways  through  which  seawater  was 
continuously  pumped.  Flow  rates  of  50  to  60 
1/min  were  maintained  in  tanks  10  m  X  1.3  m  with 
variable  depths.  The  bay  scallop,  Argopecten  irra- 
dians,  was  successfully  grown  in  the  raceways 
from  a  size  of  5  mm.  Varying  raceway  depth  be- 
tween 7.5  and  30  cm  had  no  effect  on  scallop 
growth.  Scallops  at  stocking  densities  of  5,  10,  20 
and  40  1/raceway  and  culled  back  to  these  den- 
sities at  bi-weekly  intervals  grew  at  rates  inversely 
proportional  to  population  size.  Scallops  stopped 
growing  when  the  water  temperature  declined  to 
10°C.  The  surf  clam,  Spisula  solidissima,  was 
successfully  grown  in  the  system  from  a  starting 
size  of  1  mm.  Spisida  smaller  than  20  mm  grew 
equally  well  in  sand  and  without  a  substrate.  Surf 
clams  larger  than  20  mm  grew  faster  in  a  sand 
substrate  than  without  and  some  shell  abnormali- 
ties were  observed  in  clams  grown  without 
substrate.  Surf  clams  exhibited  a  growth  rate  in- 
versely proportional  to  stocking  density  for 
biomasses  of  1,  4  and  8  1/raceway.  The  excellent 
growth  rate  of  these  bivalve  species  in  raceways 
suggests  that  the  use  of  this  system  may  be  a 
valuable  step  in  the  production  of  shellfish  seed. 

STATUS  REPORT  ON  THE  COMMERCIAL 

BLUE  CRAB  FISHERY 

OF  THE  CAROLINAS  AND  GEORGIA 

R.J.  Rhodes1, 
M.  Wolff2,  J.L.  Music3 

1.  South  Carolina  Wildlife 

and  Marine  Resources  Department 

Division  of  Marine  Resources 

Charleston,  S.C. 


THE  USE  OF  PUMPED  RACEWAY  SYSTEMS 

FOR  THE  INTERMEDIATE 

GROW-OUT  OF  HATCHERY  REARED 

BIVALVES 

Edwin  W.  Rhodes  and  Ronald  Goldberg 

U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  -  NO  A  A 

National  Marine  Fisheries  Service 

Northeast  Fisheries  Center 

Milford,  Connecticut  06460 


2.  North  Carolina  Department  of 

Natural  and  Economic  Resources 

Division  of  Marine  Fisheries, 

Morehead  City ,  N.C. 

and 

3.  Department  of  Natural  Resources, 

Coastal  Resources  Division 

Brunswick,  Georgia 


86 


ABSTRACTS 


The  annual  landings,  operating  unit  data,  and 
ex-vessel  price  for  the  commercial  blue  crab 
(Callinectes  sapidus)  fisheries  in  North  Carolina, 
South  Carolina  and  Georgia  between  1960  and 
1976  were  analyzed  to  document  recent  trends  in 
this  fishery  and  discuss  possible  factors  causing 
the  decline  in  landings  since  1970.  Between  1970 
and  1976,  the  total  annual  landings  of  blue  crabs 
in  the  Carolinas  and  Georgia  have  declined  at  an 
average  rate  of  2  million  pounds  per  year  (1970 
landings  =  35  million  pounds),  while  3  thousand 
traps  per  year  were  added  to  the  fishery  between 
1970  and  1975. 

The  ex-vessel  price  for  blue  crab  has  increased 
from  $.05  per  pound  in  1970  to  $.11  per  pound  in 
1976  with  an  increase  of  20%  in  the  adjusted  price 
per  year  compared  to  1970.  This  trend  suggests  a 
quantity-effect  dominant  ex-vessel  price  function. 
Inaccuracies  in  the  N.M.F.S.  reporting  system  and 
the  lack  of  recreational  and  commercial  harvesting 
catch-effort  data  severely  limits  the  analysis  of  the 
current  trends.  Future  trends  in  the  harvesting  sec- 
tor and  management  research  considerations  will 
be  discussed. 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  HINGE  LINE 

IN  TROPICAL  MUSSEL 

LARVAE  OF  THE  GENUS  PERNA 

Scott  E.Siddall 

University  of  Miami 

School  of  Marine  and  Atmospheric  Science 

4600  Rickenbacker  Causeway 

Miami,  Florida  33149 

There  is  confusion  in  the  literature  regarding  the 
synonomy  of  several  species  of  the  genera  Perna 
and  Mytilus.  To  resolve  this  problem,  I  reared  lar- 
vae of  Perna  perna  from  Venezuela  and  Perna 
viridis  (=  Mytilus  viridis)  from  the  Philippines 
through  metamorphosis.  All  living  material  was 
quarantined  in  the  laboratory.  The  results  of  my 
scanning  electron  microscopic  examination  of 
these  larvae  and  the  larvae  of  Mytilus  edulis  clear- 
ly differentiate  hinge  line  development  in  the  two 
genera.  In  both  Perna  species  at  optimal  tempera- 
tures and  salinities,  hinge  teeth  are  well  developed 


as  early  as  15  hours  after  fertilization.  Shell  length 
to  height  ratios  decrease  as  development  proceeds 
with  no  significant  differences  between  the 
species.  As  the  larvae  approach  metamorphosis, 
the  central  hinge  teeth  become  more  numerous 
and  develop  columnar  structures.  The  provin- 
culum  broadens  laterally  in  larvae  of  both  genera. 
Approximately  20  days  after  fertilization,  a  series 
of  larger  hinge  teeth  lateral  to  the  central  teeth 
develops  in  both  P.  perna  and  P.  viridis  in  con- 
trast to  larvae  of  the  genus  Mytilus.  Differences  in 
the  crystal  structure  between  the  lateral  and  cen- 
tral teeth  are  apparent.  I  have  examined  metamor- 
phosing larvae  of  the  only  other  member  of  the 
genus,  Perna  canaliculus  from  New  Zealand  and 
found  similar  lateral  hinge  teeth.  The  results  of  my 
work  support  the  placement  of  Mytilus  viridis  in 
the  genus  Perna. 


AGE  AND  MORPHOMETRIC  VARIATION 
IN  SUBTIDAL  POPULATIONS  OF  MUSSELS 

Robert  S.  Steneck1, 
Richard  A.  Lutz2.  and  Robert  M.  Cerrato2 

department  of  Paleobiology 
Smithsonian  Institution 
Washington,  D.C.  20560 

'Department  of  Geology  and  Geophysics 

Yale  University 

New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520 

The  structure  of  two  subtidal  syntopic  mussel 
populations  (Mytilus  edulis  and  Modiolus 
modiolus)  was  investigated.  A  total  of  703  mussels 
were  collected  along  two  10-meter  transects  at 
depths  of  5  and  10  meters  off  Rutherford  Island, 
Maine.  Population  densities  for  Mytilus  of 
50.4/m2  and  144. 4/m2  were  recorded  at  5  and  10 
meters,  respectively.  Population  densities  of 
Modiolus  were  71.2/m2  at  5  meters  and  15.2/m2  at 
10  meters. 

A  total  of  263  Mytilus  specimens  of  all  sizes 
were  randomly  selected  and  ages  accurately  deter- 
mined through  examination  of  annual  patterns  on 
acetate  peels  of  sectioned  shells.  The  maximum 
age  (24  years)  encountered  within  the  population 
is  considerably  greater  than  that  reported  to  date 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


87 


within  the  literature.  The  age-frequency  distribu- 
tion for  the  sampled  population  showed  marked 
cyclic  abundance  patterns  with  49.4%  of  the 
population  restricted  to  yearclass  multiples  of  7. 
This  observed  periodicity  may  be  a  reflection  of  a 
regularly  occurring  natural  event  such  as  a  preda- 
tor-prey oscillation. 

Classical    modal    analysis    of    size    frequency 
distributions  cannot  differentiate  between  annual 


recruitment  and  cyclic  abundance  patterns  with 
periods  greater  than  1  year.  The  potential  for  fre- 
quent interpretive  errors  by  ecologists  and  paleon- 
tologists using  modal  analysis  to  infer  age  struc- 
ture is  discussed. 

Modiolus  population  structure  is  inferred  by 
comparing  crustose  coralline  incrustation  rates  for 
Mytilus  of  known  ages  with  incrustations  on 
Modiolus. 


88 


ABSTRACTS 


NSA  PACIFIC  COAST  SECTION 


BREEDING  DISEASE  RESISTANCE  INTO  THE 
PACIFIC  OYSTER 

fohn  H.  Beattie',  William  K.  Hershberger', 
Kenneth  Chew1  and  Conrad  Mahnken2 

1  University  of  Washington 

College  of  Fisheries 

Seattle.  Washington  18105 

and 

'National  Marine  Fisheries  Service 

Seattle,  Washington 

Since  the  1970s,  the  University  of  Washington, 
College  of  Fisheries  has  been  involved  in  a 
cooperative  study  with  the  National  Marine 
Fisheries  Service  and  the  Washington  State 
Department  of  Fisheries  investigating  the  causes  of 
Pacific  oyster  (Crassostrea  gigas)  summer  mor- 
talities. Studies  have  included  laboratory  testing 
using  elevated  water  temperatures,  nutrient 
enrichment  of  sea  water,  and  isolation  of  im- 
plicated bacteria  from  moribund  oysters  to 
simulate  summer  conditions. 

During  the  past  three  years,  the  College  of 
Fisheries  has  also  developed  a  selective  breeding 
program  as  an  effort  toward  the  prevention  of 
future  kills  through  the  introduction  of  disease 
resistant  stocks.  Survivors  of  laboratory  high 
temperature  challenges  (above  18  C)  were  used  as 
parents  to  produce  potentially  resistant  F,  families 
at  the  Poulsbo,  Washington  Sea  Farms  hatchery 
during  1974  and  1975.  Challenges  of  these  stocks 
in  October,  November,  and  December  of  1976  in- 
dicated two  families  to  be  significantly  more  resis- 
tant to  mortality  conditions  than  imported 
Japanese  stocks. 

Thirty  additional  F,  families  were  produced 
during  1976.  F2  families  have  been  produced  in 
1977  using  the  1974  and  1975  F,  stocks  as  parents. 


Some  of  these  1975  families  have  been  planted  in 
areas  of  historic  summer  mortalities  in 
Washington  (Rocky  Bay  and  Mud  Bay).  Represen- 
tative stocks  of  the  1975  F2  test  animals  have  been 
given  to  two  hatcheries  for  large-scale  production 
and  testing.  Tissues  are  also  being  examined  elec- 
trophoretically  for  specific  genetic  information. 

OYSTER  LARVAE  MORTALITY  IN 
SOUTH  PUGET  SOUND 

RickD.Cardwell 

Washington  Department  of  Fisheries 

Salmon  Research  and  Development 

Box  600,  Pt.  Whitney  Road 

Brinnon  Washington  98320 

In  the  summer,  particularly  late  summer, 
marine  waters  from  many  areas  of  the  Puget 
Sound  basin  as  well  as  Willapa  Bay  are  found  to 
kill  Pacific  oyster  (Crassostrea  gigas)  embryos  and 
larvae  when  samples  of  these  waters  are  brought 
to  the  laboratory  and  used  to  culture  newly-  fer- 
tilized embryos  for  48  hours.  Oyster  larvae  mor- 
tality can  occur  in  waters  unaffected  by  point  and 
non-point  sources  of  pollution  and  is  most  severe 
and  widely  distributed  in  several  inlets  in  inner- 
most Puget  Sound  (SPS). 

More  than  15  years  of  biomonitoring  the  marine 
waters  of  SPS  for  acute  toxicity  to  oyster  embryos 
has  disclosed  the  following:  larval  mortality  is  a 
seasonal  phenomenon;  in  Budd  and  Eld  Inlets,  ap- 
preciable (>20%)  mortality  commences  around 
June,  peaks  in  late  August  to  early  September,  and 
subsides  in  late  October.  The  scope  and  severity  of 
the  mortality  varies  greatly  between  inlets,  with 
Eld  Inlet  causing  the  highest  average  mortality, 
and  Budd,  Case,  Totten,  Carr,  and  Hammersley 
Inlets     causing     lesser     mortality,     respectively. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


89 


Within  a  particular  inlet,  mortality  increases  from 
the  entrance  to  the  head  and  varies  significantly 
with  water  depth.  Waters  10  to  30  ft  in  depth 
usually  are  more  toxic  than  those  at  the  surface. 

The  evidence  suggests  that  the  toxicity  is  caused 
by  toxic  metabolics  of  natural  planktonic  consti- 
tuents. Although  more  than  one  organism  is  im- 
plicated, recent  evidence  suggests  that  high  den- 
sities of  the  dinoflagellate  Ceratium  fusus  can  ex- 
plain a  significant  percentage  of  the  variation  in 
larval  mortality.  Removal  of  most  of  the  Ceratium 
by  low  pressure— not  vacuum— filtration  through 
a  10/^m  screen  greatly  reduces  toxicity. 

Work  is  underway  to  define  the  identity  of  some 
of  the  suspected  toxic  agents  and  to  relate  varia- 
tions in  circulation,  water  quality,  and  biological 
productivity  between  inlets  to  observed  larval 
mortality. 


Research  has  been  supported  in  part  by  the  Marine 
Ecosystems  Analysis  (MESAl-Puget  Sound  Project  of 
NOAA. 


HELICOPTER  CRABBING 

Darrell  Demory 

Oregon  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife 

Newport,  Oregon 

The  newest  inovation  in  crab  fishing  was  off  to 
a  flying  start  off  the  southern  Oregon  coast  early 
in  1977  when  a  helicopter  was  used  to  pull  oversiz- 
ed crab  pots.  The  helicopter  angled  with  a  6-foot 
grappling  hook  on  a  25-foot  line.  The  110-foot 
double-buoyed  pot  line  was  snagged  and  the  6- 
foot  wide  pot  was  pulled  out  of  the  ocean  and 
flown  to  the  landing  site.  The  crabs  were  removed 
from  the  pot  and  the  pot  was  rebaited  and  flown 
back  to  the  fishing  site.  A  loop  of  line  attached  to 
a  small  hook  that  was  in  turn  attached  to  the  grap- 
pling hook  enabled  the  pilot  to  release  the  pot  by 
putting  slack  in  the  line  after  the  pot  hit  the  sea- 
bed. 

Small  or  female  crabs  caught  in  this  manner 
were  flown  back  to  the  water  in  a  dump  container 
that  was  lowered  to  the  water  where  it  was  tipped 
over,  sliding  the  crabs  out. 

Claims  by  some  conventional  crab  fishermen 
that  small  crabs  were  being  "rained  across  the 
beach"  proved  to  be  grossly  exaggerated.  Several 


days  of  observation  by  Department  of  Fish  and 
Wildlife  staff  and  the  State  Police  showed  that  the 
operation  damaged  very  few  crabs  and  was  pro- 
bably less  damaging  than  the  boat  fishery. 

Although  only  40  pots  were  fished,  some  boat 
fishermen  fear  an  adverse  economic  impact  on  the 
fishery.  The  manager  of  the  Oregon  All  Coast 
Fishermen's  Marketing  Association  stated  publicly 
that  helicopter  crabbing  is  too  efficient . 

Two  helicopter  operations  made  landings  in 
1977,  but  it  is  possible  that  others  may  soon 
become  interested. 


DISEASE  CONTROL  IN  A  MOLLUSCAN 
SHELLFISH  HATCHERY 

Richard  A.  Eissinger 

International  Shellfish  Enterprises,  Inc. 
Moss  Landing,  California 

The  emphasis  in  shellfish  hatchery  disease  con- 
trol has  been  on  treatment  rather  than  prevention. 
This  paper  presents  several  operating  concepts  on 
disease  prevention  management  employed  at  In- 
ternational Shellfish  Enterprises  in  Moss  Landing, 
California. 

Brood  stock  must  be  carefully  and  frequently 
selected  and  histologically  monitored  to  assure  the 
customer  that  he  will  receive  a  disease,  parasite 
and  predator  free  seed  product. 

Routine  sanitation  practices  through  use  of 
isolated  culture  systems,  the  careful  avoidance  of 
cross-contamination  through  sterilization  of  all 
culture  implements,  and  the  routine  disinfection  of 
the  hatchery  water  delivery  system  will  help  to 
prevent  transfer  of  disease  from  one  hatchery 
location  to  another. 

Daily  monitoring  for  the  presence  of  bacterial 
pathogens  is  extremely  important  in  order  to 
discover  a  disease  before  it  becomes  un- 
manageable. Monitoring  becomes  especially  im- 
portant in  screening  algal  cultures  before  they  are 
used  for  feeding. 

Antibiotic  therapy  is  used  only  as  a  last  resort  to 
control  disease.  When  using  antibiotics,  an  effec- 
tive choice  of  antibiotic  can  only  be  made  with  the 
use  of  antibiotic  susceptibility  testing,  and  proper 
dosages  can  only  be  determined  through  the  use  of 
tube  dilution  sensitivity  testing. 


90 


ABSTRACTS 


Sanitation  and  bacterial  monitoring  can  con- 
tribute significantly  to  stabilizing  shellfish  hatch- 
ery production  output  and  helps  to  assure  the 
customer  that  the  product  he  buys  is  of  the  best 
possible  quality  and  highest  survival  value. 


SQUAXIN  ISLAND  MANILA  CLAM 
RESEEDING  STUDIES 

]im  Glock 

University  of  Washington 

College  of  Fisheries 
Seattle,  Washington  98105 

As  a  part  of  a  series  of  studies  to  determine  the 
future  potential  for  reseeding  beaches  with  small 
clam  seed,  Manila  clams  (Venerupis  japonica)  seed 
clams  were  planted  at  Squaxin  Island,  (Puget 
Sound)  in  May  1976  and  have  been  monitored  for 
growth  and  recovery.  Various  protective  mechan- 
isms tested  in  this  study  have  demonstrated  dif- 
ferential effects  on  recovery  rates.  DuPont  Vexar 
plastic  netting,  used  at  different  sites,  maintained 
recoveries  of  75%,  97%,  and  29%  after  15  mon- 
ths. Preliminary  migration  studies  have  -shown 
that  the  clams  move  on  the  beach  after  planting: 
the  potential  use  of  this  migratory  movement  to 
increase  the  concentration  of  clam  stocks  is  also 
being  investigated. 


OYSTER  BREEDING:  WHERE  CAN  IT  GO 

William  K.  Hershberger 

College  of  Fisheries 
University  of  Washington 
Seattle,  Washington  98105 

Based  on  the  results  that  have  been  obtained 
with  other  cultured  organisms,  particularly  with 
agriculturally-raised  species,  and  the  genetic 
variability  that  has  been  found  in  oysters,  it 
should  be  possible  to  make  significant  strides  in  in- 
creasing commercial  production  of  this  animal. 
Before  this  possibility  can  be  realized  a  concerted 
effort  must  be  made,  and  a  systematic  program 
must  be  designed  to  initiate  the  process  of 
domestication.  By  definition  this  procedure  in- 
volves changing  an  organism  for  maximum  per- 
formance under  conditions  that  are  amenable  to 


efficient  culture  and  harvest  by  man.  Present 
methods  of  commercial  oyster  culture  employ  on- 
ly part  of  the  domestication  process  in  that, 
generally  a  harvestable  commodity  is  grown  on 
the  basis  on  uncontrolled  reproduction  and  semi- 
controlled  growing  beds.  These  methods  have 
some  significant  implications  concerning  the  in- 
teraction of  the  genetic  constitution  of  the  oyster, 
its  environment,  and  its  production  potential. 
These  will  be  discussed  with  the  use  of  standard 
genetic  models  and  programs  suggested  to  further 
enhance  the  production  of  oysters  utilizing  genetic 
methodology  and  systematic  breeding  procedures. 


A  COMPARISON  OF  SURVIVAL,  GROWTH, 

AND  YIELD  OF  PACIFIC  OYSTERS 

(CRASSOSTREA  GIGAS)  FROM  SEED 

OBTAINED  FROM  DIFFERENT  SOURCES 

Chris  R.  Jones 

Washington  State  Department  of  Fisheries 

Shellfish  Laboratory 

600  Pt.  Whitney  Rd. 

Brinnon,  Washington  98320 

Experimental  plantings  of  the  Pacific  oyster 
(Crassostrea  gigas)  were  conducted  over  a  3-year 
period  with  the  objective  of  establishing  the 
relative  quality  of  various  sources  of  oyster  seed 
and  to  develop  methods  to  improve  survival  and 
growth,  especially  during  the  first  growing  season. 
The  results  were  mixed,  depending  on  the  area 
where  grown  and  the  methods  used;  but  using 
conventional  cultural  practices,  it  appears  that 
Japanese  oyster  seed  will  generally  produce  higher 
yields  compared  to  equivalent  groups  of  hatchery- 
produced  or  wild  domestic  seed.  Japanese  seed, 
however,  may  suffer  higher  mortality  during  the 
second  year  in  some  locations,  indicating 
resistance  to  mortality  for  domestic  oysters.  The 
variables  of  seed  size,  seed  density,  hardening 
methods,  and  off-bottom  rearing  were  evaluated. 
The  initial  size  of  the  seed  was  found  to  be  impor- 
tant in  some  cases,  but  the  problems  of  small  size 
were  often  more  than  offset  by  increased  numbers 
of  spat  per  shell.  Density-dependent  mortality  was 
found  to  be  linear  through  the  range  of  densities 
studied.  Studies  also  showed  that  some  alternative 
methods    of    seed    handling    could    improve    the 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHERIES  ASSOCIATION 


91 


ultimate  yield.  In  particular,  it  was  found  that  off- 
bottom  rearing  for  the  first  growing  season  more 
than  doubled  the  production  by  the  end  of  the  se- 
cond season.  The  improvement  was  especially  ap- 
parent for  the  domestic  seed.  Some  of  the 
"conventional  wisdom"  regarding  the  relative 
quality  of  seed  and  the  factors  that  determine 
quality  were  found  not  to  be  generally  true,  and  it 
was  apparent  that  each  oyster  grower  must  deter- 
mine the  factors  that  are  most  important  for  his 
particular  cultural  situation. 

PRELIMINARY  REPORT  ON  MANILA  CLAM 

RESEEDING  PROGRAM  AT  FIVE  PUGET 

SOUND  BEACHES 

Mark  Miller1,  Kenneth  Chew1, 

Charles  D.  Magoon2,  Lynn  Goodwin', 

and  Chris  Jones2 

'University  of  Washington 

College  of  Fisheries 
Seattle,  Washington,  98105 

'Washington  Department  of  Natural  Resources 
Seattle  Washington 

iWashingto>i  Department  of  Fisheries 
Brinnon,  Washington  98320 

Receiving  support  from  the  Washington  State 
Sea  Grant  Program,  the  College  of  Fisheries  along 
with  the  Washington  Departments  of  Fisheries  and 
Natural  Resources  have  continued  to  investigate 
the  feasibility  of  planting  hatchery  spawned 
Manila  seed  clams  on  Puget  Sound  beaches.  Dur- 
ing the  past  l1  2  years  the  major  emphasis  of  the 
project  has  been  centered  on  determining  the 
causes  for  low  recoveries  of  planted  clams.  Studies 
carried  out  to  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the 
problems  involved  have  included  providing  pro- 
tection for  planted  clams,  planting  clams  in 
modified  substrate,  determining  clam  predators 
and  testing  for  movement  of  planted  clams.  The 
rearing  of  small  seed  clams  in  suspended  sand-  fill- 
ed trays  has  also  been  conducted  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  advanced  size  clam  seed  for  subse- 
quent grow  out  on  the  beach.  While  the  economics 
of  clam  reseeding  do  not  yet  favor  commercial  ap- 
plication, there  seems  to  be  a  potential  for  this 
which  may  be  realized  by  further  research. 


SEED  OYSTER  PRODUCTION  IN  THE 
SALTON  SEA  CALIFORNIA 

Thomas  L.  Richards 

Biological  Sciences  Department 

California  Polytechnic  State  University 

San  Luis  Obispo,  CA  93407 

The  Salton  Sea  is  an  inland  body  of  salt  water 
located  in  the  southern  California  counties  of 
Riverside  and  Imperial.  The  sea  is  approximately 
70  kilometers  long  and  25  kilometers  wide  with 
the  water  surface  about  65  meters  below  sea  level. 
The  salinity  currently  ranges  from  33  0/00  to  37 
0/00.  The  ionic  content  of  Salton  Sea  water  is  not 
the  same  as  that  found  in  oceanic  water  as  the  salt 
comes  from  concentrated  irrigation  waste  water. 
Water  temperatures,  taken  three  meters  below  the 
surface,  range  from  winter  low  of  10  °C  to  a  sum- 
mer high  of  37°C. 

Attempts  in  the  1950's  to  establish  oysters  in  the 
Salton  Sea  were  unsuccessful.  Adult  pacific  oys- 
ters, Crassostrea  gigas,  will  live  about  30  days  in 
Salton  Sea  water.  It  appears  that  even  though  the 
Salton  Sea  water  has  abundant  plankton  the  water 
anesthetizes  ciliary  action  and  adult  oysters  are 
unable  to  feed.  Experiments  utilizing  Salton  Sea 
water  to  spawn  oysters  and  culture  larvae  have 
shown  that  all  stages  survive  well  and  a  commer- 
cial spat  fall  can  be  obtained.  Adequate  spawning 
and  culture  temperatures  are  present  from  May 
through  November  each  year.  During  this  period 
natually  occurring  phytoplankton  counts  range 
from  0.5  to  3  million  cells/liter. 

Plans  for  a  commercial  oyster  hatchery  at  the 
Salton  Sea  have  been  reviewed  and  modified  by 
local,  state,  and  federal  regulatory  agencies  and  all 
necessary  permits  have  been  granted.  Sufficient 
financial  support  has  been  obtained  to  begin  con- 
struction, and  it  is  planned  that  the  facility  will  set 
its  first  commercial  oyster  larvae  during  the  late 
spring  of  1978. 


PRELIMINARY  STUDIES  ON  THE 

DEVELOPMENT 

OF  A  SYNTHESIZED  DIET  FOR  JUVENILE 

OYSTERS,  CRASSOSTREA  GIGAS 

M.A.  Toner 


92 


ABSTRACTS 


The  growth  of  juvenile  Pacific  oysters  fed  equal 
amounts  (based  on  ash  free  dry  weights)  of  algae 
(Pseudoisochrysis  paradoxa),  lysed  algae,  dried 
oyster  meat  and  encapsulated  lysed  algae  was 
monitored  in  three  experiments.  Dried  oyster  meat 
and  encapsulated  lysed  algae  were  also  fed  as  sup- 
plements to  lysed  algae  at  three  levels:  25,  50  and 
75  percent  of  the  total  ash  free  dry  weight  of  the 
diet.  The  growth  of  oysters  fed  lysed  and  whole 
algal  cells  with  and  without  the  addition  of 
sodium  sulfamethazine  (Sulmet"  )  was  also  com- 
pared. Growth  was  measured  as  the  difference  in 
ash  free  dry  meat  weight  between  treatments  and 
an  initial  sample  frozen  at  the  beginning  of  the  ex- 
periment. 

In  the  first  experiment,  oysters  fed  algae  alone 
showed  an  increase  in  ash  free  dry  weight  that  was 
significantly  greater  than  that  of  oysters  fed  dried 
oyster  meat  alone  and  as  a  supplement  to  algae.  In 
the  second  experiment,  oysters  fed  lysed  algae 
treated  with  or  without  Sulmet"1  showed  a  signi- 
ficant decrease  in  ash  free  dry  weight  from  the  in- 
itial sample.  Oysters  fed  algae  with  and  without 
treatment  with  Sulmet"  did  not  show  a  signifi- 
cant increase  in  ash  free  dry  weight.  In  the  third 
experiment,  oysters  fed  starch  encapsulated  algae 
and  algae  with  and  without  supplementation  with 
encapsulated  algae  increased  significantly  in  ash 
free  dry  weight  as  compared  to  the  initial  sample. 

Encapsulation  appears  to  be  a  process  which 
could  be  used  as  a  delivery  system  for  feeding  syn- 
thesized diets  to  juvenile  oysters. 


CLAM  RESOURCE  MEASUREMENT  FOR 
ESTIMATION  OF  POLLUTION  DAMAGE' 

J.  R.  Vanderhorst  and  P.  Wilkinson 

Battelle  Pacific  Northwest  Laboratories 

Marine  Research  Laboratory 

Sequim,  Washington 

Commonly  used  statistical  procedures  are 
geared  to  assure  we  do  not  state  in  error  that  a 
clam  population  has  diminished  in  face  of  pollu- 
tion while  little  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
corrollary  need  by  private  and  public  resource 
managers  to  have  assurance  that  a  given  reduction 
in  the  clam  resource  will  be  detected.  This  paper 
deals  with  the  sampling  requirements  for  detection 


of  change  in  population  abundance  of  native  little 
neck  clams  (Protothaca  staminea)  on  specific  plots 
in  the  north  Puget  Sound  region.  Example  data  are 
presented  which  indicate  that  from  75  to  20,000 
samples  are  required  for  detection  of  a  40  percent 
to  5  percent  change  in  abundance  on  sample  plots 
respectively.  A  pre-mapping  procedure  of  sample 
stratification  which  effectively  reduced  the  sam- 
pling requirement  by  one-half  is  also  discussed. 


This  paper  is  based  on  work  performed  under  U.S.  Energy 
Research  and  Development  Administration  Contract  EY- 
76-C-06-I830. 


MUSSELING  IN  ON  A  NEW  MARKET 
Paul  Waterstrat 

University  of  Washington 

College  of  Fisheries 
Seattle,  Washington  QS105 

The  Mussel  Project  is  currently  involved  in  3 
areas  of  study:  mussel  set  prediction;  hatchery 
development:  and  market  investigation.  Monitor- 
ing of  plankton  and  spat  collectors  has  revealved 
no  significant  mussel  sets  for  spring  and  summer 
1977  at  study  sites  in  Seabeck  and  Clam  bays. 
Plankton  and  water  quality  factors  of  tempera- 
ture, salinity,  and  phytoplankton  abundance  will 
continue  to  be  monitored  to  provide  a  historical 
baseline  for  the  study  sites. 

The  investigation  of  hatchery  techniques  for 
rearing  and  setting  mussel  larvae  has  been  under- 
taken to  provide  information  on  the  larval 
development  and  settlement  of  local  mussel  stocks 
and  to  develop  a  commercially  feasible  hatchery 
system.  The  use  of  larval  dimensions  for  iden- 
tification of  planktonic  mussel  larvae  has  been 
strengthened  by  information  gained  from  the 
hatchery  revealing  that  dimensions  of  larvae  ob- 
tained from  Puget  Sound  stocks  of  Mytilus  edulis 
are  comparable  to  those  from  New  England 
stocks. 

Recent  newspaper  and  magazine  articles  coupl- 
ed with  the  publishing  of  a  mussel  cookbook  have 
increased  public  awareness  of  the  delights  to  be 
found  in  mussel  dishes.  A  recent  survey  of  300 
restaurants  in  Washington  State  reveals  a  signifi- 
cant interest  in  mussels  by  restaurant  owners  and 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SHELLFISHER1ES  ASSOCIATION 


93 


identifies  poor  consumer  awareness,  inadequate 
supply  and  product  quality  to  by  the  major  im- 
pediments for  development  of  this  market.  Ex- 
amination of  mussels  offered  in  retail  markets 
reveals  that  a  poor  product  quality  may  be  a  great 
detriment  to  the  advancement  of  mussels  as  a 
household  food  item. 


PIGEON  POINT  SHELLFISH  HATCHERY: 
PAST,  PRESENT  AND  FUTURE 

Anthony  Weaver 

Pigeon  Poi)it  Shellfish  Hatchery 
921  Pigeon  Point  Road 
Pescadero,  CA  $4060 

The  Pigeon  Point  facility  was  established  in 
1965  as  a  shellfish  hatchery  for  the  mass  culture  of 
bivalve  molluscs  from  egg  to  seed-sized  juvenile 
stages.  Cultchless  seed  was  developed  at  Pigeon 
Point  in  1968.  Commercial  success  attained  from 
this  development  stimulated  further  expansion  in 
1Q70  in  which  a  new  building  was  built  at  Pigeon 
Point  and  a  cultch-setting  facility  was  established 
in  Moss  Landing. 

The  expansion  brought  about  serious  produc- 
tion problems:  larval  mortality  and  inability  to 
grow  sufficient  algae  to  feed  the  spat.  During  this 
period  the  Pacific  Northwest  seed  market  was  pen- 
etrated, but  the  inability  to  produce  quality  seed 
quickly  resulted  in  marketing  failures. 

The  production  failures  became  increasingly 
severe  and  in  1°74  the  operation  went  into  a  well- 
financed  research  and  development  mode  result- 
ing in  a  successful  pilot  production  program  two 
years  later. 

In  January,  1976,  a  highly  favorable  technical 
evaluation  was  made  of  the  facility  by  an  outside 
group  of  mariculture  scientists  from  such  institu- 
tions as  Scripps,  Woodshole,  U.C.,  and  O.C.U. 
The  group  also  included  individuals  from  com- 
mercial mariculture  businesses. 

On  the  basis  of  this  evaluation,  the  facility  was 
redesigned  and  successfully  put  into  commercial 
operation  in  November,  1976. 


Today,  Pigeon  Point  Shellfish  Hatchery  is  again 
producing  high  quality  cultchless  oyster  seed  at  a 
yearly  rate  of  about  30  million  seed.  A  wide  varie- 
ty of  species  and  sizes  ranging  from  2-3  mm  and 
25-40  mm  (1  to  1.5  inches)  are  available. 

While  growers  in  Oregon  have  had  a  great  deal 
of  success  with  the  seed,  the  majority  of  the  pro- 
duct is  planted  in  Europe  and  the  Eastern  United 
States. 

In  the  future,  Pigeon  Point  intends  to  increase 
production  levels  significantly  and  add  new  spe- 
cies to  the  inventory  list.  We  hope  that  more 
growers  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  will  try  our  large 
cultchless  seed  in  their  growouts.  We  would  great- 
ly appreciate  suggestions  of  how  we  might  be  able 
to  fit  into  the  oyster  industry  in  this  region. 
Samples  of  our  products  are  available  at  limited 
cost. 


VIBRIO  ANGUILLARUM 

AND  LARVAL  MORTALITY 

IN  A  CALIFORNIA  COASTAL  SHELLFISH 

HATCHERY 

Ronald  Thurber  Zebal 

Pigeon  Poitit  Shellfish  Hatchery 
Pescadero,  Ca.  $4060 

The  Pigeon  Point  Shellfish  Hatchery  has  had  a 
mixed  history  of  success  in  developing  profitable 
oyster  spat  production  primarily  because  of  larval 
mass  mortalities  due  to  unknown  causes.  The 
predominant  bacterial  species  recently  isolated 
from  mobid  oyster  veliger  larvae  produced  under 
hatchery  conditions  was  identified  as  Vibrio 
anguillarum.  Infection  of  healthy  larvae,  and  re- 
peated recoveries  of  this  bacterium  from  diseased 
larvae  confirmed  this  bacterial  species  to  be  one 
cause  of  serious  epizootics  within  the  hatchery. 
Routine  screening  for  this  organism  and  observa- 
tion of  larval  behavior,  coupled  with  appropriate 
hatchery  design  and  management  techniques  have 
controlled  this  cause  of  larval  mortality. 


In  the  paper  "Mercenaria  culture  using  stone  ag- 
gregate for  predator  protection"  by  Castagna  and 
Kraeuter,  Vol.  67,  1977,  there  is  an  error  in  the  last 
sentence  before  the  results.  The  sentence  states, 
"Once  the  area  had  been  stabilized,  small  clams 
were  broadcast  over  the  aggregate  at  an  average 
density  of  approximately  31/sq.  m."  It  should  have 
read  3100/sq.  m. 


94 


MBl.  WHOI    LIBRARY 


UH    1ABB    $